optical

drive and library

SCSI-2 command
reference

for models
fx, ex and mx

Optical Drive and Library SCSI-2

Command Reference
For fx, ex and mx Models
Edition 4

Manufacturing Part Number: 5969-5727

December 2001
Printed in USA
Copyright 2001 Hewlett-Packard Company

Notice
This document contains information that is protected by copyright. All
rights are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied,
reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written
consent of Hewlett-Packard Company. The information contained in this
document is subject to change without notice.
Hewlett-Packard makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this
printed material, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. HewlettPackard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or
consequential damages in connection with the furnishing,
performance, or use of this material.

Revision History
New editions of this manual incorporate all material updated since the
previous edition. The manual printing date and part number indicate the
current edition. The printing date changes when a new edition is printed.
(Minor corrections and updates incorporated at reprint do not change
this date.)
Edition 1:.

February 1998

Edition 2:.

April 1999

Edition 3:.

June 2000

Edition 4:.

December 2001

ii

Typographical Conventions
The following typographical conventions are used in this manual:
Keycap: Menu choices and screens on the jukebox.
Computer Output: Information displayed in the display window and
screen menu items that you can select.
NOTE

Notes provide information that can be helpful in understanding the

operation of the product.

iii

In This Manual
Chapter 1

SCSI Command Overview: Explains SCSI

commands and how they are used with optical
drives and jukeboxes. This section does not
replace the SCSI-2 Command Specifications.

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set: Lists all

supported SCSI commands and explains each
commands structure.

Chapter 3

SCSI-2 Jukebox Command Set: Lists all

supported SCSI autochanger commands and
explains each commands structure.

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes: Lists all error codes

associated with the optical disk drive.

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes: Lists all error codes

associated with the autochanger or optical disk
jukebox system.

Appendix C

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs): Lists all the

field replaceable units for optical jukeboxes by
part number.

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves: Lists all micro- and

macro-moves for the optical jukeboxes.

Appendix E

Programmers Tips: Provides information for

building optical disk and jukebox drivers, utilities
and applications.

iv

Contents
1. SCSI Command Overview
Optical Drive Control Through SCSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Drive Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
SCSI Bus Phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Arbitration phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Selection phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Reselection phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Information transfer phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Data phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Command phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Message phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Command Complete 00H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Extended Message 01H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Synchronous Negotiation Started by the Initiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Save Data Pointer 02H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Restore Pointers 03H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Disconnect 04H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Initiator-Detected Error 05H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Abort 06H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Message Reject 07H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
No Operation 08H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Message Parity Error 09H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Linked Command Complete 0AH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Linked Command Complete (with flag) 0BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Bus Device Reset 0CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Abort Tag 0DH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Clear Queue 0EH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Queue Tag Messages (20H, 21H, 22H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Identify 80H-FFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Status Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Attention Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Reset Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Unit Attention Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
SCSI Commands Used by the Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Explanation of the Command Descriptor Block (CDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

2. SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Contents
Numerical List of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Flag, Link, and RelAdr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Test Unit Ready Command (00H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Rezero Unit Command (01H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Request Sense Command (03H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Sense Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Field Pointer Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Format Unit Command (04H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Format Unit Command Defect List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Reassign Blocks Command (07H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Reassign Blocks Command Defect List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Read (Group 0) Command (08H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Write (Group 0) Command (0AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Seek (Group 0) Command (0BH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Inquiry Command (12H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Mode Select Command (15H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Mode Select Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Read-Write Error Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Disconnect-Reconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Caching Page 08H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Control Mode Page 0AH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Medium Types Supported Page 0BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Vendor Unique Format Page 20H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Format Mode 03H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Vendor Unique Page 21H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Mode Page Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
DIP Switch Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Reserve Command (16H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Release Command (17H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Read-Write Error Recover Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Caching Page 08H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Control Mode Page (0AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Medium Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Vendor Unique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

vi

Contents
Format Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Vendor Unique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
Start/Stop Unit Command (1BH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Read Capacity Command (25H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Read (Group 1) Command (28H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
Write (Group 1) Command (2AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
Seek (Group 1) Command (2BH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87
Erase (Group 1) Command (2CH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88
Write and Verify (Group 1) Command (2EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90
Verify (Group 1) Command (2FH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92
Pre-Fetch (34H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
Synchronize Cache (35H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95
Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-96
Write Buffer Command (3BH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99
Read Buffer Command (3CH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102
Read Long Command (3EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-104
Write Long Command (3FH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-106
Log Select Command (4CH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109
Parameter List Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-110
Log Sense Command (4DH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-111
Supported Log Pages 00H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112
Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122
Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
Read (Group 5) Command (A8H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128
Write (Group 5) Command (AAH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131
Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-134
Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137
Verify (Group 5) Command (AFH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-140
Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-142
Read Long Command (DEH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-145
Write Long Command (DFH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147

3. Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Numerical List of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Alphabetical List of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

vii

Contents
Test Unit Ready Command (00H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rezero Unit Command (01H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Request Sense Command (03H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Initialize Element Status Command (07H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rotate Mailslot Command (0CH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Inquiry Command (12H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Inquiry Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Vital Product Data Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Reserve Command (16H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Reserve Command Element List Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Release Command (17H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Mode Sense Command (1AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Transport Element (Picker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Device Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Send Diagnostic Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Position To Element Command (2BH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Write Buffer Command (3BH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Read Buffer Command (3CH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Log Sense Command (4DH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Log Sense Parameter Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Error Logs Table Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Move Success Log Table Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Force Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Recovery Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Drive Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Odometer Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Run-Time Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Retry Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Move History Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Move Medium Command (A5H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Exchange Medium Command (A6H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Read Element Status Command (B8H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Read Element Status Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69

viii

Contents
Element Type Code 1H - Picker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Element Type Code 2H - Storage Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Element Type Code 3H - Mailslot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72
Element Type Code 4H - Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74

A. Drive Error Codes

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
Drive Request Sense Command Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3
Drive Request Sense - Sense Key Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3
Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5
Internal Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-9
DSP Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-19

B. Autochanger Error Codes

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-2
Request Sense Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-3
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery For all models, EXCEPT 40fx
and 80ex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-8
Hardware Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-19
Autochanger Move Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-29
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-32
Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-40

C. Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-2

D. Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2

E. Disconnect Timeout Settings

Disconnect Timeouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-2

ix

Contents

Tables
Table 1-1. Target-Supported Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Table 1-2. Extended Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Table 1-3. Transfer Period Values (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Drives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Table 1-4. Offset Values (For 5.2 and 9.1 Gbyte Drives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Table 1-5. Simple Queue Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Table 1-6. Head of Queue Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Table 1-7. Ordered Queue Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Table 1-8. Target-Supported Status Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Table 2-1. Group 0 Commands (6-byte command) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Table 2-2. Group 1 and 2 Commands (10-byte command) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Table 2-3. Group 5 Commands (12-byte command) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Table 2-4. Test Unit Ready Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Table 2-5. Rezero Unit Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Table 2-6. Request Sense Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Table 2-7. Error Code 70H or 71H Sense Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Table 2-8. Sense Key Field Pointer Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Table 2-9. Progress Indication Field Bytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Table 2-10. Format Unit Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Table 2-11. Format Unit Defect List Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Table 2-12. Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Table 2-13. Block Format Defect Descriptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Table 2-14. Reassign Blocks Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Table 2-15. Reassign Blocks Command Defect List Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Table 2-16. Reassign Blocks Command Defect Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Table 2-17. Read (Group 0) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Table 2-18. Write (Group 0) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Table 2-19. Seek (Group 0) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Table 2-20. Inquiry Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Table 2-21. Vital Product Data Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Table 2-22. Supported Vital Product Data Pages (00H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Table 2-23. Unit Serial Number Page (80H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Table 2-24. Unique Media ID Page (C1H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Table 2-25. Inquiry Command Returned Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Table 2-26. Mode Select (Group 0) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
xi

Tables
Table 2-27. Mode Page Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Table 2-28. Mode Select Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Table 2-29. Mode Select Block Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Table 2-30. Read-Write Error Recovery Page 01H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Table 2-31. Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Table 2-32. Caching Page 08H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Table 2-33. Control Mode Page 0AH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Table 2-34. Queue Algorithm Modifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Table 2-35. Medium Types Supported Page 0BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Table 2-36. Valid Medium Type Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Table 2-37. Vendor Unique Format Page 20H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Table 2-38. Format Mode 03H - Type 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Table 2-39. Format Mode 03H - Type 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Table 2-40. Format Mode 04H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Table 2-41. Vendor Unique Page 21H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Table 2-42. Mode Page Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Table 2-43. Mode Page 20H Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Table 2-44. DIP Switch Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Table 2-45. Reserve Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Table 2-46. Release Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Table 2-47. Mode Sense (Group 0) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Table 2-48. Mode Sense Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Table 2-49. Mode Sense Descriptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Table 2-50. Mode Page Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Table 2-51. Read-Write Error Recovery Page 01H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Table 2-52. Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Table 2-53. Caching Page 08H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Table 2-54. Control Mode Page (0AH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Table 2-55. Medium Types Supported Page 0BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Table 2-56. Valid Medium Type Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Table 2-57. Vendor Unique Format Page 20H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Table 2-58. Format Mode 03H - Type 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Table 2-59. Format Mode 03H - Type 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68
Table 2-60. Format Mode 04H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
xii

Tables
Table 2-61. Vendor Unique Page 21H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
Table 2-62. Start/Stop Unit Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Table 2-63. Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Table 2-64. Received Diagnostic Results Page Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Table 2-65. Supported Diagnostic Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
Table 2-66. Controller Test 81H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
Table 2-67. Send Diagnostic Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
Table 2-68. Supported Diagnostic Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Table 2-69. Send Diagnostic Command Page Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Table 2-70. Controller Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
Table 2-71. Interface Manager Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
Table 2-72. Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Table 2-73. Read Capacity Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Table 2-74. Read Capacity Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81
Table 2-75. Read (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
Table 2-76. Write (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
Table 2-77. Seek (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87
Table 2-78. Erase (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88
Table 2-79. Write and Verify (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90
Table 2-80. Verify (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92
2-Table 2-81. Pre-Fetch Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
2-Table 2-82. Synchronize Cache Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95
Table 2-83. Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-96
Table 2-84. Read Defect Data Defect List Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97
Table 2-85. Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98
Table 2-86. Write Buffer Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99
Table 2-87. Buffer Access Mode and ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-100
Table 2-88. Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only) . . . . . . . . . 2-100
Table 2-89. Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only). . . 2-101
Table 2-90. Read Buffer Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102
Table 2-91. Read Buffer Descriptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103
Table 2-92. Buffer Access Mode and ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103
Table 2-93. Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only) . . . . . . . . . 2-103
Table 2-94. Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only). . . 2-103
xiii

Tables
Table 2-95. Read Long Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-104
Table 2-96. Write Long Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-106
Table 2-97. Log Select Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109
Table 2-98. Parameter List Data for Byte 8 of the Log Select Command . . . . . . . 2-110
Table 2-99. Log Select Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-110
Table 2-100. Log Sense Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-111
Table 2-101. Log Sense Page Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112
Table 2-102. Supported Log Pages 00H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112
Table 2-103. Error Counter Page for Write Errors 02H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113
Table 2-104. Parameter Codes/Structure for Write Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113
Table 2-105. Error Counter Page for Read Errors 03H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114
Table 2-106. Parameter Codes/Structure for Read Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114
Table 2-107. Error Counter Page for Verify Errors 05H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
Table 2-108. Parameter Codes/Structure for Verify Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
Table 2-109. Last N Error Events Page 07H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-116
Table 2-110. Parameter Pointers/Structure for Last N Error Events Page . . . . . 2-117
Table 2-111. Error Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-118
Table 2-112. Error Counter Page for Erase Errors 33H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-118
Table 2-113. Parameter Codes/Structure for Erase Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-120
Table 2-114. Error Counter Page for Blank Check Errors 34H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-120
Table 2-115. Parameter Codes/Structure for Blank Check Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121
Table 2-116. Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122
Table 2-117. Mode Select Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-123
Table 2-118. Mode Select Block Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-124
Table 2-119. Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
Table 2-120. Mode Sense Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-126
Table 2-121. Mode Sense Block Descriptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127
Table 2-122. Read (Group 5) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128
Table 2-123. Write (Group 5) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131
Table 2-124. Erase (Group 5) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-134
Table 2-125. Write and Verify (Group 5) CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137
Table 2-126. Verify (Group 5) CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-140
Table 2-127. Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-142
Table 2-128. Read Defect Data Defect List Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-143
xiv

Tables
Table 2-129. Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144
Table 2-130. Read Long Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-145
Table 2-131. Write Long Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147
Table 3-1. Numerical List of Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Table 3-2. Alphabetical List of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Table 3-3. Test Unit Ready Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Table 3-4. Rezero Unit Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Table 3-5. Request Sense Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Table 3-6. Request Sense Data Parameter Block Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Table 3-7. Sense Key - Additional Sense Length Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Table 3-8. Sense Key Field = Illegal Request (05H) and SKSV Bit = 1. . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Table 3-9. Initialize Element Status Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Table 3-10. Rotate Mailslot Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Table 3-11. Inquiry Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Table 3-12. Vital Product Data Page Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Table 3-13. Standard Inquiry Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Table 3-14. Supported Vital Product Data Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Table 3-15. Unit Serial Number Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Table 3-16. Firmware Information Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Table 3-17. Reserve Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Table 3-18. Reserve Command Element List Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Table 3-19. Reserve Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Table 3-20. Mode Sense Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Table 3-21. Mode Sense Allocation Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Table 3-22. Mode Sense Element Address Assignment Page (1DH) Format . . . . . 3-23
Table 3-23. Number of Transport Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Table 3-24. Number of Data Transfer Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Table 3-25. Mode Sense Transport Element Parameter Page (1EH) Format . . . . . 3-25
Table 3-26. Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Table 3-27. Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Table 3-28. Autochanger Configuration Mode Page (20H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Table 3-29. Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Table 3-30. Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Table 3-31. Send Diagnostic Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
xv

Tables
Table 3-32. Send Diagnostic Command Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Table 3-33. Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Table 3-34. Position To Element Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Table 3-35. Write Buffer Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Table 3-36. Write Buffer Mode Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Table 3-37. User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Write Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Table 3-38. Write Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Table 3-39. Drive Control Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Table 3-40. Read Buffer Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Table 3-41. Read Buffer Mode Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Table 3-42. User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Read Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Table 3-43. Read Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Table 3-44. Drive Status Definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Table 3-45. Log Sense Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Table 3-46. Log Sense Parameter Data Available in Each Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Table 3-47. Error Logs Table Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Table 3-48. Error/ Recovery/Runtime Log Data Entry Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Table 3-49. Error Logs Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models) . 3-51
Table 3-50. Error Log Entry Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models). . 3-51
Table 3-51. Move Success Log Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Table 3-52. Move Success Logs Entry Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Table 3-53. Force Entry Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Table 3-54. Recovery Log Data Format (For all models EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Table 3-55. Recovery Log Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Table 3-56. Recovery Log Entry Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Table 3-57. Error Recovery State (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models) . 3-56
Table 3-58. Drive Log Data Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Table 3-59. Drive Log Entry Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
xvi

Tables
Table 3-60. Odometer Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Table 3-61. Run-Time Logs Data Format (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Table 3-62. Run-Time Logs Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Table 3-63. Run-Time Log Entry Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Table 3-64. Retry Log Data Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Table 3-65. Retry Algorithm Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Table 3-66. Move History Log Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Table 3-67. Move History Log Entry Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Table 3-68. Move Medium Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Table 3-69. Exchange Medium Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Table 3-70. Read Element Status Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Table 3-71. Read Element Status Data Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
Table 3-72. Medium Transport Element Descriptor Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Table 3-73. Read Element Status Storage Element Descriptor Block . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Table 3-74. Read Element Status Import/Export Element Descriptor Block . . . . . 3-72
Table 3-75. Read Element Status Data Transfer Element Descriptor Block . . . . . 3-74
Table A-1. Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0 . . . . . . . . . .A-3
Table A-2. Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5
Table A-3. Internal Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-9
Table A-4. ODC Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-15
Table A-5. ODC Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-17
Table A-6. DSP Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-19
Table A-7. Terms Used In the Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-22
Table B-1. Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0. . . . . . . .B-3
Table B-2. Request Sense Data (bytes 12 and 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-3
Table B-3. Invalid Address: Sense Code 2IH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-7
Table B-4. Element Full/Empty: Sense Code 3BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-7
Table B-5. Request Sense - Additional Sense Data (For all models, EXCEPT
40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-8
Table B-6. Request Sense - Additional Sense Data (For models 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-14
Table B-7. Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-19
xvii

Tables
Table B-8. Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-22
Table B-9. Autochanger Move Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-29
Table B-10. Micro-Move Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-32
Table B-11. Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-32
Table B-12. Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-40
Table B-13. Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx) . . . . . . . .B-44
Table C-1. Jukebox FRUs (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-2
Table C-2. Jukebox FRUs (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models) . . . . . . . .C-4
Table D-1. HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table (For all models, EXCEPT
40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-2
Table D-2. HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table (For models 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-17
Table E-1. Timeout Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-2

xviii

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Chapter 1

1-1

SCSI Command Overview

Optical Drive Control Through SCSI

Optical Drive Control Through SCSI

The optical drive can be controlled by the commands described in this
document.
This SCSI command set complies with ANSI X3.131-1994 standards. The
role of the host computer and the target or the address of a disk is
defined in the SCSI specifications as follows:
Initiator

The initiator, usually the host, issues the drive control

commands.

Target device

The target, usually the drive, receives the command and

controls the device.

Addresses

All SCSI commands refer to logical addresses unless

otherwise stated.

1-2

Chapter 1

Drive Control Commands

This section describes all specifications, except command specifications
of the target. The SCSI Commands Used by the Target are described
later in this chapter.

SCSI Bus Phases

The target supports the following phases specified in the SCSI standard.
Arbitration phase
When the drive tries to reconnect to an initiator to continue command
operations, it waits for the BUS FREE phase, then enters the
ARBITRATION phase.
Selection phase
The selection phase allows an initiator to select a target for the purpose
of initiating a target function such as a read or write command. During
the selection phase the I/O signal is negated so that this phase can be
distinguished from the reselection phase. The drive examines the DATA
BUS to determine the selecting initiator SCSI ID. If it cannot detect the
ID, the drive does not respond to the selection.
Reselection phase
The reselection phase allows the target to reconnect to an initiator to
continue the command started by the initiator, but suspended by the
target.
Information transfer phase
The command, data, status, and message phases are all grouped together
as the information transfer phases because they are all used to transfer
data or control information via the data bus.

Chapter 1

1-3

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

Data phase
The data phase encompasses both the data in phase and the data out
phase to transfer data to and from the drive. Synchronous and
asynchronous data transfers are supported.
The data in phase allows the target to request that data be sent to the
initiator from the target.
The data out phase allows the target to request that data be sent from
the initiator to the target.
Command phase
The command phase sends the Command Descriptor Block (CDB) from
the initiator to the drive.
Message phase
The message phase refers to a message in or a message out phase.
Multiple messages may be sent during either phase. The first byte
transferred in either of these phases is either a single-byte message or
the first byte of a multiple-byte message. Multiple-byte messages are
wholly contained within a single message phase.
Message In phase allows the target to request that messages be sent to
the initiator from the target.
Message Out phase allows the target to request that messages be sent
from the initiator to the target. The target invokes this phase in response
to the attention condition created by the initiator.
See Table 1-1 on page 1-5 for a list of supported messages.

1-4

Chapter 1

Table 1-1

Target-Supported Messages
Code (hex.)

Direction

Description

00H

In

Command Complete

01H

In/Out

Extended Message

02H

In

Save Data Pointer

03H

In

Restore Pointers

04H

In

Disconnect

05H

Out

Initiator-Detected Error

06H

Out

Abort

07H

In/Out

Message Reject

08H

Out

No Operation

09H

Out

Message Parity Error

0AH

In

Linked Command Complete

0BH

In

Linked Command Complete (with flag)

0CH

Out

Bus Device Reset

0DH

Out

Abort Tag

0EH

Out

Clear Queue

20H,21H,22H

In/Out

Queue Tag Simple, Head, Ordered

80H-FFH

In/Out

Identify

Chapter 1

1-5

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

Command Complete 00H

This message is sent from the target to the initiator to indicate that the
execution of a command has terminated and that valid status has been
sent to the initiator. After successfully sending this message, the target
goes to the Bus Free Phase by releasing BSY (Busy).
Extended Message 01H
This message is sent from either the initiator or the drive to indicate that
the message is an extended message. The drive supports only the
synchronous data transfer request (SDTR) message.
An SDTR message exchange will be initiated by a SCSI device when an
arranged data transfer agreement becomes invalid. The agreement
becomes invalid after an intermediate status such as:
Hard reset condition
BUS DEVICE RESET message
Wide data transfer message
Power cycle
The initiator may also initiate a SDTR message exchange when
appropriate to negotiate a new data transfer agreement (synchronous or
asynchronous).
Table 1-2

Extended Message Format

Byte

1-6

Extended Message (01H)

Extended Message Length (03H)

Synchronous Data Transfer Request Code (01H)

Transfer Period Factor (m times 4 nanoseconds)

REQ/ACK Offset (x)

Chapter 1

The transfer period is the minimum time allowed between leading edges
of successive REQ pulses and of successive ACK pulses.
The REQ/ACK offset is the maximum number of REQ pulses allowed to
be outstanding before the leading edge of its corresponding ACK pulse is
received at the target. This value prevents overflow conditions in the
devices reception buffer and offset counter. A REQ/ACK offset value of
zero indicates asynchronous mode.
The initiator sets its values according to the rules above that permit it to
receive data successfully. If the drive can also receive data successfully
with these values (or smaller transfer period or larger REQ/ACK offset
or both), it returns the same values in its SDTR message.
Synchronous Negotiation Started by the Initiator
If the initiator recognizes that negotiation is required, it asserts the ATN
signal and sends a SDTR message to begin the negotiating process. After
successfully completing the MESSAGE OUT phase, the drive will
respond with the proper SDTR message. If an abnormal condition
prevents the drive from returning an appropriate response, both devices
will go to asynchronous mode for data transfers between the two devices.
The drive responds to each initiator requested transfer period as shown
in Table 1-3 on page 1-8.

Chapter 1

1-7

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

Table 1-3

Transfer Period Values (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Drives)

Initiator Requested
Transfer Period Factor

Drive Response

Transfer Period

0 <= mi <= 25

mt = 25

100 nsec

26 <= mi <= 31

mt = mi

125 nsec

32 <= mi <=37

mt = mi

150 nsec

38 <= mi <=43

mt = mi

175 nsec

44 <= mi <= 50

mt = mi

200 nsec

51 <= mi <= 56

mt = mi

225 nsec

57 <= mi <= 62

mt = mi

250 nsec

63 <= mi <= 68

mt = mi

275 nsec

69 <= mi <= 75

mt = mi

300 nsec

76 <= mi <= 255

mt = mi

Asynchronous
(REQ/ACK offset 0)

The drive responds to each initiator requested REQ/ACK offset as show

in Table 1-4 on page 1-9.

1-8

Chapter 1

Table 1-4

Offset Values (For 5.2 and 9.1 Gbyte Drives)

Initiator Requested
(REQ/ACK Offset)

Drive Response

(REQ/ACK Offset)

0 <= xi <= 15

xt = xi

xt

0 <= xi <= 255

xt = 15

15

Save Data Pointer 02H

This message is sent from the target to direct the initiator to save a copy
of the present active data pointer for the currently attached logical unit.
The drive may issue this message when it disconnects from the SCSI Bus
during data transfer.
Restore Pointers 03H
This message is sent from the target to direct the initiator to restore the
most recently saved pointers to active state. The target may send this
message when a bus error has occurred during the Data In or Status
Phase.
Disconnect 04H
This message is sent from the target to inform an initiator that the
present physical path is going to be broken, but that a later reconnect is
required to complete current operation.
Initiator-Detected Error 05H
When the target receives this message during Data In or Status Phase, it
may retry the transfer after sending a Restore Pointers message.
Abort 06H
This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear the present
operation. All pending data and status that was made by the current
command is cleared and the target goes to the Bus Free Phase. Pending
data and status for other initiators are not cleared. No status or ending
message is sent for the operation.

Chapter 1

1-9

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

Message Reject 07H

This message is sent from either the initiator or the target to indicate
that the last message was inappropriate or has not been implemented.
When the target receives a MESSAGE REJECT message from the
initiator, it takes the following action based on which message was
rejected.
Command
Complete

The target goes to Bus Free Phase and does not consider
this as an error.

Disconnect

The target does not disconnect and continues the current command.

Identify

The target goes to the Bus Free Phase and aborts the
command. Sense Key/Additional Sense Code is set to
Hardware Error/Message Reject Error.

Linked Command
Complete
The target goes to the BUS FREE phase and aborts the
command and sets Sense Key/Additional Sense Code to
Aborted Command/Message Error.
Message
Reject

Restore
Pointers

Save Data
Pointers

1-10

The target terminates the command with Check Condition status and sets the Sense Key/Additional Sense
Code to Hardware Error/Message Reject Error.
The target goes to the Bus Free Phase and sets the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code according to the error
condition.
The target does not disconnect and continues the current command.

Chapter 1

No Operation 08H
This message is ignored by the target.
Message Parity Error 09H
When the target receives this message, it retries the operation by
resending the original message once. If the message cannot be sent
successfully, the target immediately goes to the Bus Free Phase and
aborts the current SCSI command. No further reconnection is attempted
and no status or COMMAND COMPLETE message is returned for the
command. The target sets the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code to
Hardware Error/SCSI Interface Parity Error.
Linked Command Complete 0AH
This message is sent from the drive to an initiator to indicate the
execution of a linked command has been completed and that the status
has been sent.
Linked Command Complete (with flag) 0BH
This message is sent from the drive to an initiator to indicate the
execution of a linked command (with flag bit set to 1) has been completed
and that the status has been sent.
Bus Device Reset 0CH
This message is sent from an initiator to reset the target.
Abort Tag 0DH
The drive goes to the BUS FREE phase following successful receipt of the
ABORT TAG message and clears the current I/O process. If the drive
already started execution of the I/O process, the execution will be halted.
The medium contents may have been modified before the execution was
halted.

Chapter 1

1-11

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

Clear Queue 0EH

The drive goes to the BUS FREE phase following successful receipt of the
CLEAR QUEUE message. The drive clears all I/O processes, from all
initiators, in the queue for the specified logical unit from the queue. All
active I/O processes are terminated. The medium may have been altered
by partially executed commands. All pending status and data for that
logical unit for all initiators are cleared. A unit attention condition is
generated for all other initiators with I/O processes that either were
active or were queued for that logical unit. The additional sense code is
set to Command Cleared by Another Initiator.
Queue Tag Messages (20H, 21H, 22H)
The drive supports SIMPLE QUEUE TAG, HEAD OF QUEUE TAG, and
ORDERED QUEUE TAG. The Queue Tag Messages consist of two
consecutive bytes, Message Code (20H, 21H, or 22H) and Queue Tag
(00H-FFH) to distinguish each I/O process. The Queue Tag of each I/O
process must be unique for each I/O process, but the numeric value of a
queue tag has no effect on the order of execution.
Table 1-5

Simple Queue Tag

Byte

Message Code (20H)

Queue Tag (00H-FFH)

The Simple Queue Tag message specifies that the I/O process be placed
in the logical units command queue. The order of the execution may be
altered within the constraints of the queue management algorithm
specified in the control mode page.

1-12

Chapter 1

Table 1-6

Head of Queue Tag

Byte

Message Code (21H)

Queue Tag (00H-FFH)

The Head of Queue Tag message specifies that the I/O process be placed
first in the logical unit's command queue. When the drive receives a
subsequent I/O process received with a Head of Queue Tag message, the
I/O process that has been already done is not interrupted.
Table 1-7

Ordered Queue Tag

Byte

Message Code (22H)

Queue Tag (00H-FFH)

The Ordered Queue Tag message specifies that the I/O process be placed
in the logical unit's command queue for execution in the order received.
All queued I/O processes for the logical unit received prior to this I/O
process are executed before this I/O process is executed. All queued I/O
processes received after this I/O process are executed after this I/O
process, except for I/O processes received with a Head of Queue Tag
message.
Identify 80H-FFH
These messages are sent by either the initiator or the target to establish
the physical path connection between initiator and target for a particular
logical unit.
Bit 7

This bit is always set to 1.

Bit 6

This bit is set to 1 by the initiator to indicate that the

initiator has the ability to accommodate the disconnection and reconnection.

Bit 5-3

Reserved.

Chapter 1

1-13

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

Bit 2-0

These bits specify a logical unit number. Only one logical unit number is identified for any one selection sequence.

Status Phase
A status byte is sent from the target to the initiator during the Status
Phase at the termination of each command unless the command is
cleared by an ABORT message, a BUS DEVICE RESET message, or a
RESET condition. The target supports the following status codes.
Table 1-8

Target-Supported Status Codes

Code (hex.)

Status

00H

Good

02H

Check Condition

04H

Condition Met

08H

Busy

10H

Intermediate/Good

14H

Intermediate Condition Met

18H

Reservation Conflict

28H

Queue Full

Good 00H

This status indicates that the target has successfully completed the
command.
Check Condition 02H

Any error, exception, or abnormal condition that causes sense data to be

set causes a Check Condition status. The Request Sense Command
should be issued following a CHECK CONDITION status to determine
the nature of the condition.
Condition Met 04H

This status or Intermediate-Condition Met is returned when the PreFetch command is satisfied.

1-14

Chapter 1

Busy 08H

A busy status is returned by the target during powerup until all poweron
diagnostic tests have been completed. A busy status is also returned
when multiple commands are outstanding in the target, and a media
access command is received with the DISC PRIV bit cleared in the
identify message.
Intermediate/Good 10H

Unless an error, exception, or abnormal condition causes a Check

Condition status or a Reservation Conflict status, the Intermediate Good
status is returned for every command in a series of linked commands,
excluding the last command. If this status is not returned, the chain of
linked commands is broken; no further commands in the series are
executed.
Intermediate Condition Met 14H

This status is the combination of the Condition Met and the

Intermediate statuses.
Reservation Conflict 18H

This status is returned when a SCSI device attempts to access a logical

unit that is reserved for another initiator.
Queue Full 28H

This status is returned when a Simple Queue Tag, Ordered Queue Tag,
or a Head of Queue Tag message is received and the command queue of
the drive is full. The I/O process is not placed in the command queue. The
drive can handle 32 I/O processes at a time.

Chapter 1

1-15

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

Conditions
Attention Condition
The Attention Condition allows an initiator to inform the target that the
initiator has a message ready. The target gets this message at its
convenience by performing a Message Out Phase as follows:
1. If the ATN signal becomes true during a COMMAND phase, the drive
enters the MESSAGE OUT phase after transferring part or all of the
command descriptor block bytes.
2. If the ATN signal becomes true during a DATA phase, the drive
enters the MESSAGE OUT phase at the drives earliest convenience.
The initiator will continue REQ/ACK handshakes until it detects the
phase change.
3. If the ATN signal becomes true during a STATUS phase, the drive
enters the MESSAGE OUT phase after the status byte has been
acknowledged by the initiator.
4. If the ATN signal becomes true during a MESSAGE IN phase, the
drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase before it sends another
message.
5. If the ATN signal becomes true during a SELECTION phase and
before the initiator releases the BSY signal, the drive enters the
MESSAGE OUT phase immediately after that SELECTION phase.
6. If the ATN signal becomes true during a RESELECTION phase, the
drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase after sending its IDENTIFY
message for that RESELECTION phase.
Reset Condition
The drive implements the hard reset alternative, upon detection of the
RESET condition. When the drive creates the reset conditions, it clears
all I/O processes including queued I/O processes, releases all
reservations, returns any SCSI device operating modes (MODE SELECT,
PREVENT/ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL commands, etc.) to their
initial conditions, and generates UNIT ATTENTION condition.

1-16

Chapter 1

Unit Attention Condition

A unit attention condition for a logical unit begins for each initiator for
any of the following conditions:
Poweron or Reset
Disk Loaded
Micro Code Change
Inquiry Data Change
Mode Select Data Change
The unit attention condition persists for each initiator until that initiator
issues a command to the logical unit other than Request Sense or Inquiry
for which the target reports a CHECK CONDITION status. If the next
command from that initiator to the logical unit (following the CHECK
CONDITION status) is Request Sense, the Unit Attention sense key is
returned. (If any command other than Request Sense is received, the
unit attention condition is lost.)
If an Inquiry Command is received from an initiator with a pending unit
attention condition (before the target reports CHECK CONDITION
status), the target performs the Inquiry Command and does not clear the
unit attention.
If a Request Sense Command is received from an initiator with a pending
unit attention condition (before the target reports a CHECK
CONDITION status), the target discards any pending sense data,
reports a Unit Attention sense key, and clears the unit attention
condition for that initiator.

Chapter 1

1-17

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Command Overview

Drive Control Commands

SCSI Command Overview

SCSI Commands Used by the Target

SCSI Commands Used by the Target

This section describes detailed functions of each program supported in
the target. Entries are arranged in order of operation code.
Each entry includes:
1. Command name
2. Operation code
3. Brief description of the command
4. Command descriptor block (CDB)
5. Detailed description of the command

Explanation of the Command Descriptor Block (CDB)

The command descriptor block defines the byte and bit layout for each
supported drive command. Chapter 2 contains these specific
descriptions.
Figure 1-1

Example Command Descriptor Block

NOTE

A Reserved field indicates that the field is reserved and must be set to 0
by the initiator.
The Reserved field for returned data contains 0 as well.

1-18

Chapter 1

Drive
Commands
SCSI-2 Drive
Commands

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Chapter 2

2-1

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Numerical List of Commands

Numerical List of Commands

The following tables list the SCSI-2 commands numerically, by group.
Table 2-1

Group 0 Commands (6-byte command)

Code
(hex.)

Name

Description

Page
Number

00H

Test Unit Ready

Provides a means to check if

the logical unit is ready

2-8

01H

Rezero Unit

Moves the optical head to its

recalibration position

2-9

03H

Request Sense

Requests the detailed error

information

2-10

04H

Format Unit

Initializes the optical disk

(done only once for
unformatted Write-Once
disks)

2-15

07H

Reassign Blocks

Reassigns defective sectors

2-19

08H

Read

Reads data from the specified

logical block address

2-21

0AH

Write

Writes data to the specified

logical block address

2-23

0BH

Seek

Moves the optical head to the

physical track where the
specified logical block exists

2-25

12H

Inquiry

Reads the information

related to the controller and
the drive unit

2-26

15H

Mode Select

Sets optical disk, drive unit,

or controller unit parameters

2-31

16H

Reserve

Gains the exclusive control of

a specified logical unit

2-52

2-2

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Numerical List of Commands
Table 2-1

Group 0 Commands (6-byte command)

Name

Description

Page
Number

17H

Release

Releases a specified logical

unit from the reservation
state

2-53

1AH

Mode Sense

Reads optical disk, drive unit,

or controller unit parameters

2-54

1BH

Start/Stop Unit

Starts or stops rotating the

optical disk, and/or ejects the
optical disk from the drive
unit

2-73

1CH

Receive
Diagnostic
Results

Requests analysis data be

sent to the initiator

2-74

1DH

Send Diagnostic

Requests the disk controller

to perform diagnostic tests

2-76

1EH

Prevent/Allow
Medium
Removal

Prevents or allows removal of

the optical disk in the logical
unit

2-79

Chapter 2

2-3

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Code
(hex.)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Numerical List of Commands

Table 2-2

Group 1 and 2 Commands (10-byte command)

Code
(hex.)

Name

Description

Page
Number

25H

Read Capacity

Reads the capacity of the

optical disk

2-80

28H

Read

Reads data from the specified

logical block address

2-82

2AH

Write

Writes data to the specified

logical block address

2-84

2BH

Seek

Moves the optical head to the

physical track where the
specified logical block exists

2-87

2CH

Erase

Executes erase operation from

the specified logical block
address on rewritable disks
only

2-88

2EH

Write and
Verify

Writes data to the optical disk

and then verifies the written
data by checking the error
correction code

2-90

2FH

Verify

Verifies the data starting from

the specified logical block
address by checking the error
correction code

2-92

34H

Pre-Fetch

Transfers the specified

number of data blocks starting
from the specified logical block
address to cache memory

2-94

35H

Synchronize
Cache

Initiates the writing of all

cached write data to the
optical disk

2-95

37H

Read Defect
Data

Reads the optical disk defect

information

2-96

2-4

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Numerical List of Commands
Table 2-2

Group 1 and 2 Commands (10-byte command)

Name

Description

Page
Number

3BH

Write Buffer

Writes data to the controller

data buffer.

2-99

3CH

Read Buffer

Reads data from the controller

data buffer

2-102

3EH

Read Long

Reads data from the specified

logical block address including
ECC data

2-104

3FH

Write Long

Writes data to the specified

logical block address without
using the ECC generation
circuitry

2-106

4CH

Log Select

Clears drive resident logs and

odometers

2-109

4DH

Log Sense

Reads drive resident logs and

odometers

2-111

55H

Mode Select

Sets optical disk, drive unit, or

controller unit parameters

2-122

Chapter 2

2-5

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Code
(hex.)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Numerical List of Commands

Table 2-3

Group 5 Commands (12-byte command)

Code
(hex.)

Name

Description

Page

A8H

Read

Reads data from the specified

logical block address

2-128

AAH

Write

Writes data to the specified

logical block address

2-131

ACH

Erase

Executes erase operation from

the specified logical block
address on rewritable disks
only

2-134

AEH

Write and Verify

Writes data to the optical disk

and then verifies the written
data by checking the error
correction code

2-137

AFH

Verify

Verifies the data starting from

the specified logical block
address by checking the error
correction code

2-140

B7H

Read Defect
Data

Reads the optical disk defect

information

2-142

DEH

Read Long

Reads data starting at a

specified logical block address,
including error correction code
data

2-145

DFH

Write Long

Writes data starting at the

specified logical block address,
without using error correction
code generation circuitry

2-147

2-6

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Numerical List of Commands

Flag, Link, and RelAdr

A Link bit of 1 indicates that the drive links to the next command upon
successful completion of the current command. When the command is
terminated successfully, the drive returns the INTERMEDIATE/GOOD
status and the LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE or the LINKED
COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) message depending on the state
of the Flag bit. The Flag bit may be set to 1 only when the Link bit is 1. If
this bit is set to 1 with the Link bit, the drive returns the LINKED
COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) message upon successful
completion of the command. If this bit is set to 0, it returns the LINKED
COMMAND COMPLETE message.
The Relative Address (RelAdr) bit is set to 1 to indicate that the logical
block address of the command descriptor block is a two's complement
displacement. This negative or positive displacement is added to the
logical block address last accessed on the drive to form the logical block
address for this command.

Chapter 2

2-7

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Many commands have bits named Flag, Link and RelAdr. The definitions
of these bits are:

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Test Unit Ready Command (00H)

Test Unit Ready Command (00H)

This command determines the READY state of a drive. If the drive is in a
READY state when it receives this command, it returns a GOOD status.
A drive is in the READY state when the optical disk is loaded and spun
up, and a read or write operation could successfully complete.
If the drive is not ready when it receives this command, it returns a
CHECK CONDITION with a sense key of NOT READY.
Table 2-4

Test Unit Ready Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Flag

Link

Operation Code (00H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

2-8

Reserved (0)

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Rezero Unit Command (01H)

The Rezero Unit Command is identical to the Test Unit Ready Command
(see the previous page).
Table 2-5

Rezero Unit Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Flag

Link

Operation Code (01H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Chapter 2

Reserved (0)

2-9

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Rezero Unit Command (01H)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Request Sense Command (03H)

This command determines the specific error condition when a drive fails
to complete a command and returns a CHECK CONDITION status.
Sense data is preserved for the initiator until retrieved by a Request
Sense Command or until the same drive receives another command.
Internal Error Codes are used to represent the error condition and can be
used to determine what type of error recovery procedure is appropriate.
Table 2-6

Request Sense Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Operation Code (03H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (Table 2-7 on page 2-11)

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

The Allocation Length indicates the number of bytes of sense data that
the drive transfers to the initiator. This drive has 22 bytes of sense data.
If an allocation length specified is less, then the allocated amount is
transferred, the remaining sense data is lost, and no error will be
reported. If an allocated length specified is greater, then only 22 bytes of
sense data are transferred and no error will be reported.

2-10

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Sense Data Format

Error Code 70H or 71H Sense Data Format

Byte

Valid

Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)

ILI

Rsvd (0)

Sense Key

Information (MSByte)

Information Byte

Information Byte

Information (LSByte)

Additional Sense Length (0EH)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

10

Reserved (0)

11

Reserved (0)

12

Additional Sense Code

13

Additional Sense Code Qualifier

14

Reserved (0)

15

Error Code (70H or 71H)

1
2

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-7

SKSV

Sense Key Specific Information

16

Sense Key Specific Information

17

Sense Key Specific Information

18

Internal Error Code (MSByte)

19

Internal Error Code

20

Internal Error Code

21

Internal Error Code (LSByte)

Chapter 2

2-11

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)
Valid

A Valid bit of 1 indicates the information field contains

valid information.
A Valid bit of 0 indicates that the information field does
not contain valid data.

Error Code

An Error Code of 70H indicates that the CHECK

CONDITION status returned is the result of an I/O
process that returned CHECK CONDITION status.
An Error Code of 71H indicates that the CHECK
CONDITION status returned is the result of an error
occurring during a previous command that returned
GOOD status.

ILI

An Incorrect Length Indicator bit of 1 usually indicates

that the requested logical block length did not match
the logical block length of the data on the medium.

Information

If the Valid bit is set to 1, the Information Bytes contain

one of the following:
(1) The logical block address associated with the sense
key.
(2) The difference (residue) of the requested length
minus the actual length in bytes, as determined by the
command, when the ILI bit is set.

SKSV

A Sense Key Specific Valid bit of 1 indicates that the

Sense Key Specific Information is valid.
A SKSV bit of 0 indicates that there is no sense key
specific information.

Sense Key Specific

Information
If the Sense Key is set to 5-Illegal Request and the
SKSV bit is set to 1, the sense key specific field is
defined in Table 2-8 on page 2-13.
If the Sense Key is set to 2-(Not Ready) and the
Additional Sense Code/Additional Sense Code Qualifier
is set to 04/04-(Logical Unit Not Ready, Format in
Progress) and the SKSV bit is set to 1, the sense key
specific field is defined in Table 2-9 on page 2-14.

2-12

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Field Pointer Types

Sense Key Field Pointer Types
Byte

15

SKSV
(1)

C/D

Reserved (0)

3
BPV

16

Field Pointer (MSByte)

17

Field Pointer (LSByte)

C/D

Bit Pointer

A Command Data bit of 1 indicates that the illegal

parameter is in the CDB.
A Command Data bit of 0 indicates that the illegal
parameter is in the data sent by the initiator during the
Data-Out phase.

BPV

A Bit Pointer Valid bit of 1 indicates that the Bit Pointer

field specifies which bit of the byte designated by the
Field Pointer field is in error.
A Bit Pointer Valid bit of 0 indicates that the Bit Pointer
field is not valid.

NOTE

Bit Pointer

When the Bit Pointer Valid bit is 1, the Bit Pointer field
specifies which bit of the byte designated by the Field
Pointer field is in error. When a multiple-bit field is in
error, the pointer points to the most significant byte of
the field.

Field Pointer

The Field Pointer indicates which byte of the command

descriptor block or the parameter data was in error.
Bytes are numbered starting from 0. When a multiplebyte field is in error, the pointer points to the mostsignificant byte of the field.

Bytes identified as being in error are not necessarily the bytes that need
to be changed to correct the problem.

Chapter 2

2-13

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-8

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Table 2-9

Progress Indication Field Bytes

Byte

15

SKSV
(1)

Reserved (0)

16

Progress Indication (MSByte))

17

Progress Indication (LSByte)

Progress
Indication

The progress indication field value is a percent complete

indication in which the returned value is the numerator
that has 10000H as its denominator.

Internal Error
Code
The Internal Error Code provides detailed information
about the failure.

2-14

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Format Unit Command (04H)

This command is used to initialize the optical disk surface.

NOTE

The format parameters may be set using the Mode Select Commands
(15H or 55H) before executing the Format Unit Command.

Table 2-10

Format Unit Command CDB

Byte

Reserved (0)

FmtDta

CmpLst

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

NOTE

Operation Code (04H)

Rsvd

ErsCntl

Reserved (0)

Defect List Format

MkCDA

MkPlst

Flag

Link

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks.
The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and
Verify 650 Mbyte optical disks.
If this command is issued with any of these drive/media combinations, a
CHECK CONDITION status will result with the Sense Key/Additional
Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
FmtDta

A Format Data bit of 1 indicates that the command

includes a Data Out Phase consisting of a 4-byte Defect
List Header.
A FmtDta bit of 0 indicates that the command does not
include a Data Out Phase.

Chapter 2

2-15

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Format Unit Command (04H)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Format Unit Command (04H)

CmpLst

A Complete List bit of 1 indicates that the previous

G-list is not used to make the defect list.
A CmpLst bit of 0 indicates the previous G-list is added
to the defect list.

Defect List
Format

The Defect List Format can be either Block Format (0)

or Physical Sector Format (5).

MkCDA

Has no effect on the drive.

MkPlst

Has no effect on the drive.

ErsCntl

An Erase Control bit of 0 indicates that an erase is

automatically performed before writing the data when
the drive is directed to perform the certify operation by
the initiator.
An Erase Control bit of 1 suppresses the erase
operation.

NOTE

For Write-Once, this command can be executed only once during the
lifetime of a disk. When an initiator attempts to execute the Format Unit
command more than once for write-once media a CHECK CONDITION
status is returned. The Sense Key/Additional Sense Code is set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Command Operation Code.

2-16

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Format Unit Command (04H)

Format Unit Command Defect List

Table 2-11

Format Unit Defect List Header

Byte

0
1

Immed

Rsvd
(0)

Reserved (0)
FOV

Rsvd
(0)

DCRT

Reserved (0)

Defect List Length (MSByte)

Defect List Length (LSByte)

FOV

A Format Options Valid bit of 1 indicates that the DCRT

(Disable Certification) and Immed (Immediate) fields
contain valid information.
A FOV bit of 0 indicates that the DCRT and Immed
fields do not contain valid information.

DCRT

A Disable Certification bit of 1 indicates the drive does

not certify the optical disk during the format process.
A DCRT bit of 0 indicates that the drive certifies the
optical disk during the format process.
When the FOV bit is set to 0, the DCRT bit must also be
set to 0.
DCRT does not apply to Write-Once disks.

Immed

When the Immediate bit is set to 1, it indicates a status

of GOOD is returned before the format operation is
begun.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates a GOOD status is returned
when the format is complete.

Defect List
Length

Chapter 2

The Defect List Length is the total length in bytes of the

Defect Descriptors that follow.

2-17

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

The Format Unit command Defect List consists of the Defect List Header
and zero or more multi-byte Defect Descriptor(s).

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Format Unit Command (04H)

Table 2-12

Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor

Byte

Table 2-13

Track Number of Defect (MSByte)

Track Number of Defect

Track Number of Defect (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Sector Number of Defect

Block Format Defect Descriptor

Byte

Reserved (0)

Defect Block Address (MSByte)

Defect Block Address

Defect Block Address (LSByte)

2-18

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Reassign Blocks Command (07H)

This command reassigns defective sectors. A defect list containing the

Logical Block Addresses to be reassigned is transferred to the drive.
Data in the defective sector is moved to the replacement sector.
Table 2-14

Reassign Blocks Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Flag

Link

Operation Code (07H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reassign Blocks Command Defect List

The Reassign Blocks command defect list is made up of a 4-byte Defect
List Header and zero or more 4-byte Defect Descriptor blocks.
Table 2-15

Reassign Blocks Command Defect List Header

Byte

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Defect List Length (MSByte)

Defect List Length (LSByte)

Chapter 2

2-19

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Reassign Blocks Command (07H)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Reassign Blocks Command (07H)

Defect List
Length
Table 2-16

The Defect List Length is the total length in bytes of the

Defect Descriptors that follow.

Reassign Blocks Command Defect Descriptor

Byte

Reserved (0)

Defective Block Logical Address (MSByte)

Defective Block Logical Address

Defective Block Logical Address (LSByte)

Each defective sector is decoded to a physical block address and that

physical sector is added to the SDL (Secondary Defect List).

2-20

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read (Group 0) Command (08H)

This command reads data from the specified logical block address. A
maximum length of 256 logical blocks can be read using the Group 0
Read Command. If the number of logical blocks exceeds 256, use the
Group 1 Read command.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H or 55H) impact all read, write, format
and erase commands.

Table 2-17

Read (Group 0) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (08H)

Logical Unit Number (0)

Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Transfer Length

PBA
Transfer
Length

PBA

Chapter 2

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be read. A Transfer
Length of 0 specifies that 256 logical blocks are to be
read. Any other value specifies the number of logical
blocks to be read.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical
block addressing is used. A PBA bit of 0 indicates that
logical block addressing is used.

2-21

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Read (Group 0) Command (08H)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read (Group 0) Command (08H)

NOTE

When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 4X/ 8X/14X media, 1024
byte/sector 8X/14X media, or 2048 14X media, it is not possible to address
all logical blocks on the disk because those media types contain >221
logical blocks.

NOTE

When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION
status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

2-22

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 0) Command (0AH)

This command writes data starting at the specified logical block address.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H or 55H) impact all read, write, format
and erase commands.

Table 2-18

Write (Group 0) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (0AH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Starting Logical Block Address

(MSByte)

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Transfer Length

NOTE

PBA

Ers
Cntl

Reserved (0

Flag

Link

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks.
The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and
Verify 650 Mbyte optical disks.
If this command is issued with any of these drive/media combinations, a
CHECK CONDITION status will result with the Sense Key/Additional
Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

NOTE

For Write-Once media, byte 5, bit 6 and bit 7 are reserved.

Chapter 2

2-23

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Write (Group 0) Command (0AH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 0) Command (0AH)

Transfer Length The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be written. A
Transfer Length of 0 specifies that 256 logical blocks are
to be written.
PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

ErsCntl

If the Erase Control bit is set to 0, an erase is

automatically performed before writing the data.
An Erase Control bit of 1 suppresses the erase
operation.

NOTE

When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 4X/ 8X/14X media, 1024
byte/sector 8X/14X media, or 2048 14X media, it is not possible to address
all logical blocks on the disk because those media types contain >221
logical blocks.

NOTE

For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing

data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will
return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense
code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.

NOTE

When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

2-24

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Seek (Group 0) Command (0BH)

This command seeks the optical head to the physical track where the
specified logical block exists.
Table 2-19

Seek (Group 0) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (0BH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

PBA

PBA

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

NOTE

When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 4X/ 8X/14X media, 1024
byte/sector 8X/14X media, or 2048 14X media, it is not possible to address
all logical blocks on the disk because those media types contain >221
logical blocks.

NOTE

When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION
status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

Chapter 2

2-25

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Seek (Group 0) Command (0BH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

Inquiry Command (12H)

This command sends controller and drive information to the initiator.
Table 2-20

Inquiry Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (12H)

Logical Unit
Number (0)

Reserved (0)

VPD Identifier

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length

Reserved (0)

EVPD

Flag

Link

EVPD

(8X and 14X only). An enable vital product data bit of

1 specifies that the drive shall return the optional vital
product data specified by the page code field. An enable
vital product data bit of 0 specifies that the drive shall
return the standard INQUIRY data.

Page Code

The page code field specifies which page of vital product

data information the drive shall return (Table 2-21).

Allocation
Length

This field specifies the number of bytes that the

initiator has allocated for the return data. An Allocation
Length of 0 is not an error and indicates that no data
will be returned. The initiator will terminate the data in
phase when all available inquiry data has been
returned or when allocation length bytes have been
returned, whichever is less.
If an inquiry command is received from an initiator with
a pending UNIT ATTENTION (before the drive reports
CHECK CONDITION status), the drive performs the
INQUIRY command and does not clear the UNIT
ATTENTION condition.

2-26

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

Table 2-22

Vital Product Data Page Codes

Page Code

Description

00H

Supported Vital Product Data Pages

80H

Unit Serial Number Page

C1H

Unique Media ID (UMID) Page

Supported Vital Product Data Pages (00H)

Byte
0

Table 2-23

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-21

Peripheral Qualifier

Peripheral Device Type

Page Code (00H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (03H)

First Supported VPD Page (00H)

Second Supported VPD Page (80H)

Third Supported VPD Page (C1H)

Unit Serial Number Page (80H)

Byte
0

Peripheral Qualifier

Peripheral Device Type

Page Code (80H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (0AH)

4-13

Product Serial Number (10 ASCII characters)

Chapter 2

2-27

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

Table 2-24

Unique Media ID Page (C1H)

Byte
0

Peripheral Qualifier

Peripheral Device Type

Page Code (C1H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (08H)

4-5

Unique Media ID Bytes 1-2

6-8

Unique Media ID Bytes 3-5

9-11

Unique Media ID Bytes 6-8

The Unique Media ID Bytes 1-2 field is HP in ASCII.

The Unique Media ID Bytes 3-5 field is a three-byte binary
representation of the serial number of the drive which wrote the UMID
on the media.
The Unique Media ID Bytes 6-8 field is a three-byte random number.

2-28

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

Byte
0

Inquiry Command Returned Data

7

Peripheral Qualifier

RMB
(1)

ISO Version (0)

Device Type Modifier (0)

ECMA Version (0)

ANSI-Approved Version (2)

Response Data Format (2)

Additional Sense Length (33H)a

5-6

Reserved (0)
RelAdr
(1)

Peripheral Device Type

WBus32
(0)

WBus16
(0)

Sync
(1)

Linked
(1)

Rsvd
(0)

Cmd
Que (1)

8-15

Vendor Identification HP~~~~~~ (ASCII)b

16-31

Product Identification C1113J~~~~~~~~~~ (ASCII)b

(C1113F~~~~~~~~~~ for 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives)

32-35

Product Revision Level (Current firmware version in ASCII)

36-39

Manufacturing Date Code (Current ASCII data)

40-49

Serial Number (Current ASCII data)

50-55

Drive Identifier 8XMO~~ (ASCII)b

(4XMO~~ for 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives)

SftRe
(0)

a.This field is always 33H.

b.The ~ represents blank spaces.

Chapter 2

2-29

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-25

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

NOTE

If the drive is properly connected and responds to SCSI selection, the

Peripheral Qualifier field is set to 000. If Direct Access Inquiry Response
(DAIR) has been enabled, the Peripheral Device Type field is set 00H,
(Direct Access Device). Otherwise, the Peripheral Device Type field is set
to 07H (Optical Memory Device). Because the drive does not support
logical unit 1 through 7, an Inquiry command to these logical units always
returns 011 for the Peripheral Qualifier and 1FH (Unknown Device Type)
for the Peripheral Device Type.
RMB

Device Type
Modifier

The Removable Media Bit is set to 1 for removable

optical disks. The drive only supports removable optical
disks, so this bit is always 1.
The drive is not using the Device Type Modifier field
and will return 0.

ISO, ECMA and

ANSI-Approved
Versions
Approved Version fields indicate compliance of the
current firmware to these standards.
Additional Sense
Length
This field indicates the length in bytes of the additional
parameters. This field is always 33H.
RelAdr

The Relative Addressing bit is set to 1, which indicates

that the drive supports relative addressing mode.

WBus32

The Wide Bus 32 bit of 0 indicates that the drive

supports only 8-bit wide data transfers.

WBus16

The Wide Bus 16 bit of 0 indicates that the drive

supports only 8-bit wide data transfers.

Sync

The Synchronous transfer bit of 1 indicates that the

drive supports synchronous data transfer.

Linked

The Linked command bit of 1 indicates that the drive

supports linked commands.

CmdQue

The Command queuing bit of 1 indicates that the drive

supports tagged command queuing.

SftRe

The Soft Reset bit of 0 indicates that the drive responds

to the RESET condition with the hard RESET.

2-30

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

This command sets optical disk and drive parameters for read, write,
format, and erase commands.
Table 2-26

Mode Select (Group 0) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (15H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

PF (1)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Parameter List Length (Table 2-27 on page 2-32)

5
SP

Reserved (0)

Flag

SP

Link

A Save Pages bit of 1 indicates that the target performs

the specified MODE SELECT operation, and saves all
the savable pages to non-volatile RAM.
An SP bit of 0 indicates the target performs the specified
MODE SELECT operation, and does not save any
pages.

Parameter List
Length
This byte indicates the number of bytes of parameter
data being transferred during the DATA OUT phase,
including the header. A length of 0 indicates that no
data will be transferred.

Chapter 2

2-31

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Mode Select Command (15H)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Table 2-27

Mode Page Codes

Page Code

Parameter
List Length

Description

01H

12

Read-Write Error Recovery Page

(See Table 2-30 on page 2-34)

02H

16

Disconnect-Reconnect Page
(See Table 2-31 on page 2-36)

08H

12

Caching Page
(See Table 2-32 on page 2-37)

0AH

Control Mode Page

(See Table 2-33 on page 2-39)

0BH

Medium Type Supported

(See Table 2-35 on page 2-40)

20H

12

Vendor Unique Format Page

(See Table 2-37 on page 2-42)

21H

12

Vendor Unique Page

(See Table 2-41 on page 2-46)

The Mode Select Parameter List contains a 4-byte header, followed by 0

or 1 block descriptors and 0 or more pages.
A Mode Page of 00H will be rejected and no error will be reported.

2-32

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Mode Select Header

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-28

Mode Select Header

Byte

Reserved (0)

Medium Type

Reserved (0)

Block Descriptor Length

The Medium Type field shall be set to 00H (Default, only one medium
type supported), 02H (Write-once medium), or 03H (Optical Reversible or
Erasable medium). The Block Descriptor Length specifies the length in
bytes of the block descriptor. It shall be equal to 0 or 8. A Block
Descriptor Length of zero indicates that the block descriptor is not
included in the parameter list. This condition is not considered to be an
error.
Table 2-29

Mode Select Block Descriptor

Byte

NOTE

Density Code

Number of Blocks (MSByte)

Number of Blocks

Number of Blocks (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Block Length (MSByte)

Block Length

Block Length (LSByte)

All fields in the Block Descriptor have no effect on the drive.

Chapter 2

2-33

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Read-Write Error Recovery

Table 2-30

Read-Write Error Recovery Page 01H

Byte
0

Reserved (0)

DTE

DCR

Page Length (0AH)

AWRE

Rsvd
(0)

TB

RC

Rsvd
(0)

Read Retry Count

4-7

Reserved (0)

Write Retry Count

9-11

Reserved (0)

AWRE

Page Code (01H)

1
2

PER

An Automatic Write Reallocation Enable bit of 1

enables the automatic reallocation of defective sectors
during the write operation of the Write commands
(0AH, 2AH, AAH), Write and Verify commands (2EH,
AEH), and Write Long (3FH, DFH).
For rewritable disks, automatic reallocation of defective
sectors occurs during these additional erase operations:
Erase 2CH and Erase ACH.

NOTE

AWRE cannot be disabled on Write-Once media.

TB

A Transfer Block bit of 1 indicates that a data block that

is not recovered within the recovery limits specified is
transferred to the initiator before CHECK CONDITION
status is returned.
A TB bit of 0 indicates that such a data block is not
transferred to the initiator.

RC

A Read Continuous bit of 1 indicates that error

correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A Read Continuous bit of 0 allows the use of error
correction codes for data error recovery.

2-34

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)
PER

A PER bit of 0 indicates that the target does not report

recovered errors.
DTE

A Disable Transfer on Error bit of 1 indicates that the

target terminates the data phase upon detection of a
recovered error.
A DTE bit of 0 indicates that the target does not
terminate the data phase upon detection of a recovered
error.

DCR

A Disable Correction bit of 1 indicates that error

correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A DCR bit of 0 allows the use of error correction codes
for data error recovery.

Read Retry
Count

Write Retry
Count

Chapter 2

The Read Retry Count field specifies the number of

times the target attempts recovery of a read operation
before reporting an error.
The Write Retry Count field specifies the number of
times the target attempts recovery of a write operation
before reporting an error.

2-35

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Post Error bit of 1 indicates that the target reports

recovered errors.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Disconnect-Reconnect
The disconnect-reconnect page provides the initiator the means to tune
the performance of the SCSI bus.
Table 2-31

Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H

Byte
0

Reserved (0)

Page Code (02H)

Page Length (0EH)

Buffer Full Ratio

Buffer Empty Ratio

4-9

Reserved (0)

10

Maximum Burst Size (MSByte)

11

Maximum Burst Size (LSByte)

12-15

Reserved (0)

Buffer Full
Ratio

This field has no effect on the drive.

Buffer Empty
Ratio

This field has no effect on the drive.

Maximum Burst
Size
This field indicates the maximum amount of data that
the target transfers during a data phase before
disconnecting if the initiator has granted the disconnect
privilege. This value is expressed in increments of 512
bytes (e.g. a value of one means 512 bytes, two means
1024 bytes, etc.). A value of zero indicates there is no
limit on the amount of data transferred per connection.

2-36

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Caching Page 08H

Table 2-32

Caching Page 08H

Byte
0

Reserved (0)

1
2

NOTE

MF

RCD

Page Code (08H)

Page Length (0AH)

Reserved (0)

WCE

Reserved (0)

Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (MSByte)

Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (LSByte)

Minimum Pre-fetch (MSByte)

Minimum Pre-fetch (LSByte)

Maximum Pre-fetch (MSByte)

Maximum Pre-fetch (LSByte)

10

Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling (MSByte)

11

Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling (LSByte)

With write caching enabled, data integrity of the information in the buffer
is not guaranteed through power cycling.
WCE

A Write Cache Enable bit of 1 indicates write caching is

enabled.
A Write Cache Enable bit of 0 indicates write caching is
disabled.

RCD

A Read Cache Disable bit of 1 indicates read ahead is

disabled.
A Read Cache Disable bit of 0 indicates read ahead is
enabled.

Chapter 2

2-37

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

The caching parameters table defines the parameters that affect the use
of the cache.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

MF

The Multiplication Factor bit is set to 1 and cannot be

changed. This bit is used with the Minimum and
Maximum Pre-fetch fields during READ operations. If
this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a
CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense
key/additional sense code set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List.

Disable Pre-fetch
Transfer
Length
This field sets the threshold value for pre-fetching data
during reads. If the number of blocks to be read is
greater than this value, no pre-fetching occurs.
Minimum
Pre-fetch

Maximum
Pre-fetch

Maximum
Pre-fetch
Ceiling

2-38

The default value is 1 and cannot be changed. If this bit

is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a CHECK
CONDITION status is returned with the Sense Key/
Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid
Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the Minimum
Pre-fetch bit is also 1, the Minimum Pre-fetch size is
equal to the READ transfer length. This field does not
affect the operation of the drive.
The default value is 1 and cannot be changed. If this bit
is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a CHECK
CONDITION status is returned with the Sense Key/
Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid
Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the Maximum
Pre-fetch bit is also 1, the Maximum Pre-fetch size is
equal to the READ transfer length. This field does not
affect the operation of the drive.

The Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling field does not affect the

operation of the drive and can be set to 32 or 64. If
another value is set, a CHECK CONDITION status is
returned with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set
to Illegal Request/Invalid Parameter List.

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Control Mode Page 0AH

Control Mode Page 0AH
Byte
0

Reserved (0)

Page Length (06H)

Reserved (0)
Queue Algorithm Modifiera

4-7

Page Code (0AH)

Reserved

DQue

Reserved (0)

a.For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives only.

Queue Algorithm
Modifier
The queue algorithm modifier field specifies restrictions
on the algorithm used for reordering commands that are
tagged with the Simple Queue Tag message.
DQue

A Disabled Queuing bit of 1 indicates that command

queuing is disabled.
A Disabled Queuing bit of 0 indicates command queuing
is enabled.

Table 2-34

Queue Algorithm Modifier

Value

Definition

0H

Restricted reordering

01H

Unrestricted reordering allowed

2H - 0FH

Reserved

A value of zero (0) in this field specifies that the target will order the
actual execution sequence of the commands with a SIMPLE QUEUE
TAG such that data integrity is maintained for that initiator.
A value of one (1) in this field specifies that the target may reorder the
actual execution of the commands with a SIMPLE QUEUE TAG in any
manner.

Chapter 2

2-39

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-33

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Medium Types Supported Page 0BH

Table 2-35

Medium Types Supported Page 0BH

Byte
0

Reserved (0)

Page Code (0BH)

Page Length (06H)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Medium Type One Supported

(02H Optical Write-once Medium)

Medium Type Two Supported

(03H Optical Erasable Medium)

Medium Type Three Supported (00H)

Medium Type Four Supported (00H)

The medium types supported page contains a list of the medium types
implemented by the target for logical units.
The code values for each medium type supported by the target (up to four
maximum) and defined in the MODE SELECT command are reported in
ascending order.
If only the default medium type is supported, 0 is reported. If less than
four medium types are supported, the unused entries are returned as 0.

2-40

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Valid Medium Type Combinations

Byte

Field
Name

Setting
1
(default)

Setting
2

Setting
3

Setting
4

Medium
Type 1
Supported

02H

00H

02H

03H

Medium
Type 2
Supported

03H

00H

00H

00H

Medium
Type 3
Supported

00H

00H

00H

00H

Medium
Type 4
Supported

00H

00H

00H

00H

00H

Default Rewritable optical disks only

02H

Write-Once medium

03H

Rewritable medium

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-36

2-41

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Vendor Unique Format Page 20H

Table 2-37

Vendor Unique Format Page 20H

Byte
0

NOTE

Reserved (0)

Page Code (20H)

Page Length (0AH)

Format Mode

3-11

Format Type Specific Data

The drive supports Format Mode 03H and 04H.

Format Mode 03H is for 650-Mbyte optical disks
Format Mode 04H is for 1.3-, 2.6-, 5.2-, and 9.1-Gbyte optical disks.

2-42

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Format Mode 03H

Table 2-38

Format Mode 03H - Type 0

Byte

Format Mode (03H)

Type 00H

Size of User Band (MSByte)

Size of User Band

Size of User Band

Size of User Band (LSByte)

Size of Spare Band (MSByte)

Size of Spare Band (LSByte)

10

Number of Bands (MSByte)

11

Number of Bands (LSByte)

Size of User
Band
Size of Spare
Band
Number of
Bands

Chapter 2

The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each

user band in number of logical blocks.
The Size of Spare Band field indicates the length of each
spare band in number of logical blocks.
The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the
disk. The drive can read and write multi-band
formatted disks, but can create only single-band disks.

2-43

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Format Mode 03H supports two types of format (type 0 and type 1) by
setting byte 3.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Table 2-39

Format Mode 03H - Type 1

Byte

Format Mode (03H)

Type 01H

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Number of Bands (MSByte)

Number of Bands (LSByte)

Size of Spare Bands (MSByte)

Size of Spare Bands (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

Reserved (0)

Type 1 format exists for compatibility. An initiator cannot change the

parameters of this page.
Number of
Bands
Size of Spare
Band

2-44

The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the

disk.
The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each
spare band in number of logical blocks.

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Format Mode 04H

Byte

Format Mode (04H)

3-9

Reserved (0)

10

Number of Bands (MSByte)

11

Number of Bands (LSByte)

Number of
Bands

NOTE

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-40

The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the

disk and can be set to 1 (01H), 16 (10H), 30 (1EH), or 34
(22H).

The Number of Bands for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives include
1 (01H), 16 (10H), 24 (18H), 30 (1EH), 34 (22H), 38 (26H), or 45 (2DH).

Chapter 2

2-45

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Vendor Unique Page 21H

Table 2-41
Byte
0

Vendor Unique Page 21H

7

Reserved (0)

Page Code (21H)

Page Length (0AH)

Reserved (0)

DAIR

DWR

Quick
Disconnect

Rsvd (0)

Force
Verify

S1-8

S1-7

S1-6

S1-5

S1-4

S1-3

S1-2

S1-1

S2-8

S2-7

S2-6

S2-5

S2-4

S2-3

S2-2

S2-1

DOM

FWC

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

7-11

Reserved (0)
DAIR

A Direct Access Inquiry Response bit of 1 indicates the

Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data
indicates "Direct Access Device."
A DAIR bit of 0 indicates "Optical Memory Device" in
the Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data.

DWR

A Disable Write Reordering bit of 1 indicates write

reordering is not enabled.
A DWR bit of 0 indicates write reordering is enabled.

Quick
Disconnect

A Quick Disconnect bit of 1 enables SCSI bus

disconnection before command validation on
performance path commands (i.e. reads, writes).
A Quick Disconnect bit of 0 disables SCSI bus
disconnection before validation on performance path
commands.

2-46

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Force Verify

A Force Verify bit of 0 indicates normal operation.

NOTE

Bytes 4 and 5

Bytes 4 and 5 are used to read the setting of the DIP

switches on the drive. SX-Y refers to the setting of DIP
switch S50X-Y (see Figure 2-1 on page 2-51 and
Table 2-44 on page 2-51). If SX-Y=0, the switch is set to
the OFF position; if SX-Y=1, the switch is set to the ON
position. These fields are not changeable. The switch
setting value overrides the saved value.

DOM

A drive operating mode of 0 indicates that the drive is

installed in a jukebox environment. A DOM bit of 1
indicates that the drive is installed in a stand-alone
environment.

The DOM bit is not selectable using the Mode Select command.
FWC

NOTE

A Force Write Calibration bit of 1 instructs the drive to

perform the Write Calibration routine at spin-up. A
Force Write Calibration bit of 0 instructs the drive to
perform the Write Calibration routine on receipt of the
first Write command or 5 minutes after spin-up.

The bits DAIR and Force Verify on this mode page can also be controlled
in HP products by changing external switch settings. In HPs standalone
box products, this is accomplished by changing the thumb wheel settings
on the rear of the box. In HPs library products, this is accomplished by
changing the front panel settings. In all cases, changes to the mode page
settings will override the external switch settings.

Chapter 2

2-47

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Force Verify bit of 1 indicates all write operations are

verified. The Write 6-, 10-, and 12-byte commands
operate as if they were Write Verify 6-, 10-, and 12-byte
commands.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

Mode Page Parameter Default Values

The default values of the Mode Page Parameters are as follows:
Table 2-42

Mode Page Parameter Default Values

Page

Field

Default Value

01H

AWRE

01H

TB

01H

RC

01H

PER

01H

DTE

01H

DCR

01H

Read Retry Count

01H

Write Retry Count

02H

Buffer Full Ratio

20H

02H

Buffer Empty Ratio

20H

02H

Maximum Burst Size

20H

08H

WCE

08H

MF

08H

RCD

08H

Disable Pre-Fetch Transfer Length

40H

08H

Minimum Pre-Fetch

01H

08H

Maximum Pre-Fetch

01H

08H

Maximum Pre-Fetch Ceiling

40H

0AH

Que Algorithm Modifiera

0AH

DQUE

0BH

Medium Type 1 Supported

02H

2-48

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)
Table 2-42

Mode Page Parameter Default Values

Field

Default Value

0BH

Medium Type 2 Supported

03H

0BH

Medium Type 3 Supported

00H

0BH

Medium Type 4 Supported

00H

21H

DAIR

21H

DWR

21H

Quick Disconnect

21H

Force Verify

a.This value is for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drive only.
With power-on or reset and the loaded media holds no format
information in itself, the current value of the format page (20H)
parameters are set as follows:
Table 2-43

Mode Page 20H Parameter Default Values

Page

Field

Current Value

650 Mbytes/Cartridge
20H

Format Mode

20H

Type

20H

Number of Bands

20H

Size of Spare Band

2048

1.3/1.2 Gbytes/Cartridge (1024/512 bytes/sector)

20H

Format Mode

20H

Number of Bands

2.6 Gbytes/Cartridge (1024 bytes/sector)

20H

Chapter 2

Format Mode

2-49

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Page

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)
Table 2-43

Mode Page 20H Parameter Default Values

Page

Field

Current Value

20H

Number of Bands

34

2.3 Gbytes/Cartridge (512 bytes/sector)

20H

Format Mode

20H

Number of Bands

30

5.2 Gbytes/Cartridge (2048 bytes/sector)a

20H

Format Mode

20H

Number of Bands

24

4.8 Gbytes/Cartridge (512 bytes/sector)a

20H

Format Mode

20H

Number of Bands

45

4.1 Gbytes/Cartridge (512 bytes/sector)a

20H

Format Mode

20H

Number of Bands

38

9.1 Gbytes/Cartridge (4096 bytes/sector)b

20H

Format Mode

20H

Number of Bands

16

8.6 Gbytes/Cartridge (2048 bytes/sector)b

20H

Format Mode

20H

Number of Bands

30

a.This media is for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.
b.This media is for 9.1 capacity drives only.

2-50

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select Command (15H)

DIP Switch Locations

DIP Switch Locations

Table 2-44

DIP Switch Definitions

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Figure 2-1

DIP SW S501

DIP SW S502

Autochanger Eject
Distance Override

Reserved for Production

DAIR Enable

Reserved for Production

Reserved for HP

Reserved for Production

Reserved for HP

Reserved for Production

Reserved for Debug

Enable SCAM

Reserved for Debug

Force Verify for Write

Operation

Reserved for Debug

SCSI Terminator Enablea

Reserved for Debug

Reserved

a.For 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives, this DIP switch is Fast SCSI Enable.

Chapter 2

2-51

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Reserve Command (16H)

Reserve Command (16H)

This command is used to reserve the drive for use by a single SCSI
initiator if and when the drive is connected to multiple initiators.
Table 2-45

Reserve Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (16H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

3rd
Pty

3rd Party Device ID

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Rsvd
(0)

Flag

Link

The reservation is effective until one of the following occurs:

The Reserve initiator sends another valid Reserve Command
The Reserve initiator releases using a Release Command
Any initiator sends a Bus Device Reset message
A Reset conditions occurs
Once RESERVED, other initiator commands (except Inquiry and
Request Sense) for the logical unit are rejected and result in a
"Reservation Conflict" status. A Release Command sent by another
initiator is ignored.
3rdPty

3rd Pty
Device ID

2-52

A 3rd Pty bit of 1 indicates that the drive is reserved for

the SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID
field.
3rd Pty Device ID indicates identification of the SCSI
device for which the drive is to be reserved.

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Release Command (17H)

This command is sent by the Reserve Command initiator to release the

logical unit for use by other initiators.
Table 2-46

Release Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (17H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

3rd
Pty

3rd Party Device ID

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

5
3rdPty

3rd Pty
Device ID

Chapter 2

Reserved (0)

Flag

Rsvd
(0)

Link

A 3rd Pty bit of 1 indicates that the drive is reserved for

the SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID
field.
3rd Pty Device ID indicates identification of the SCSI
device for which the drive is to be reserved.

2-53

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Release Command (17H)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

This command is used to acquire optical disk, drive, and drive controller
parameters.
Table 2-47

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command CDB

Byte

0
1
2

Operation Code (1AH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)
PC

Rsvd
(0)

DBD

Page Code (Table 2-50 on page 2-56)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length

Rsvd (0)

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

DBD

A Disable Block Descriptors bit of 1 indicates that no

block descriptor is provided.
A DBD bit of 0 indicates that the block descriptor is
provided.

PC

Page control defines the type of parameter values to be

returned as follows:
00 - Current Values
01 - Changeable Values
10 - Default Values
11 - Saved Values

Page Code

Page code values are the same as for the Mode Select
command. If 00H or 3FH is specified, all pages are
returned.

2-54

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Table 2-48

This field specifies the number of bytes that the

initiator has allocated for returned data. A length of 0
indicates that no data will be returned. The drive will
terminate the data-in phase when the allocation length
has been transferred or when all available data has
been transferred to the initiator.

Mode Sense Header

Byte

Mode Data Length

Medium Type

WP

Reserved

3
Table 2-49

Cache
(1)

Reserved (0)

Block Descriptor Length

Mode Sense Descriptor

Byte

Density Codes

Number of Blocks (MSByte)

Number of Blocks

Number of Blocks (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Block Length (MSByte)

Block Length

Block Length (LSByte)

Chapter 2

2-55

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Allocation
Length

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Table 2-50

Mode Page Codes

PageCode

Parameter
List
Length

Description

01H

12

Read-Write Error Recovery Page

(See Table 2-51 on page 2-57)

02H

16

Disconnect-Reconnect Page
(See Table 2-52 on page 2-59)

08H

12

Caching Page
(See Table 2-53 on page 2-60)

0AH

Control Mode Page

(See Table 2-54 on page 2-63)

0BH

Medium Type Supported

(Table 2-55 on page 2-64)

20H

12

Vendor Unique Format Page

(See Table 2-57 on page 2-66)

21H

12

Vendor Unique Page

(See Table 2-61 on page 2-70)

00H,3FH

80

Request for all Pages

2-56

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Read-Write Error Recover Page

Read-Write Error Recovery Page 01H
Byte

PS (1)

Rsvd
(0)

1
2

DTE

DCR

Page Code (01H)

Page Length (0AH)

AWRE

Rsvd
(0)

TB

RC

Rsvd
(0)

Read Retry Count

4-7

Reserved (0)

Write Retry Count

9-11

Reserved (0)

PER

PS

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.

AWRE

An Automatic Write Reallocation Enable bit of 1

enables the automatic reallocation of defective sectors
during the write operation of the Write commands
(0AH, 2AH, AAH), Write and Verify commands (2EH,
AEH), and WRITE LONG command (3FH).
For rewritable disks, automatic reallocation of defective
sectors occurs during these additional erase operations:
Erase 2CH and Erase ACH.
An AWRE bit of 0 does not enable automatic
reallocation of defective sectors.

TB

A Transfer Block bit of 1 indicates that a data block that

is not recovered within the recovery limits specified is
transferred to the initiator before CHECK CONDITION
status is returned.
A TB bit of 0 indicates that such a data block is not
transferred to the initiator.

Chapter 2

2-57

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-51

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

RC

A Read Continuous bit of 1 indicates that error

correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A Read Continuous bit of 0 allows the use of error
correction codes for data recovery.

PER

A Post Error bit of 1 indicates that the target reports

recovered errors.
A PER bit of 0 indicates that the target does not report
recovered errors.

DTE

A Disable Transfer on Error (DTE) bit of 1 indicates

that the target terminates the data phase upon
detection of a recovered error.
DTE bit of 0 indicates that the target does not terminate
the data phase upon detection of a recovered error.

DCR

A Disable Correction bit of 1 indicates that error

correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A DCR bit of 0 allows the use of error correction codes
for data error recovery.

Read Retry
Count

Write Retry
Count

2-58

The read retry count field specifies the number of times

the target attempts recovery of a read operation before
reporting an error.
The write retry count field specifies the number of times
the target attempts recovery of a write operation before
reporting an error.

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H

Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H
Byte

PS
(1)

Rsvd
(0)

Page Code (02H)

Page Length (0EH)

Buffer Full Ratio

Buffer Empty Ratio

4-9

Reserved (0)

10

Maximum Burst Size (MSByte)

11

Maximum Burst Size (LSByte)

12-15

Reserved (0)

The disconnect-reconnect page provides the initiator the means to tune

the performance of the SCSI bus.
PS

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.

Buffer Full
Ratio

This field has no effect on the drive.

Buffer Empty
Ratio

This field has no effect on the drive.

Maximum
Burst Size

Chapter 2

This field indicates the maximum amount of data that

the target transfers during a data phase before
disconnecting if the initiator has granted the disconnect
privilege. This value is expressed in increments of 512
bytes (e.g. a value of one means 512 bytes, two means
1024 bytes, etc.). A value of zero indicates there is no
limit on the amount of data transferred per connection.

2-59

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-52

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Caching Page 08H

Table 2-53

Caching Page 08H

Byte

PS
(1)

Rsvd
(0)

1
2

MF

RCD

Page Code (08H)

Page Length (0AH)

Reserved (0)

WCE

Reserved (0)

Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (MSByte)

Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (LSByte)

Minimum Pre-fetch (MSByte)

Minimum Pre-fetch (LSByte)

Maximum Pre-fetch (MSByte)

Maximum Pre-fetch (LSByte)

10

Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling Length (MSByte)

11

Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling Length (LSByte)

PS

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.

WCE

A Write Cache Enable bit of 1 indicates write caching is

enabled.
A WCE bit of 0 indicates write caching is disabled.

MF

The Multiplication Factor bit is set to 1 and cannot be

changed. This bit is set to the Minimum and Maximum
Pre-Fetch fields during READ operations. If this bit is
set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a CHECK
CONDITION status is returned with the sense key/
additional sense code set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List.

2-60

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

RCD

A RCD bit of 0 indicates read ahead is enabled.

NOTE

If WCE and RCD are both set to 1, a CHECK CONDITION status is

returned with the sense key/additional sense code set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/Invalid Parameter List.
DisablePre-fetchTransfer
Length
This field sets the threshold value for pre-fetching data
during reads. If the number of blocks to be read is
greater than this value, no pre-fetching occurs.
The Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length default setting
is 64.
Minimum
Pre-fetch

If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a

CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense
key/additional sense code set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the
Minimum Pre-Fetch bit is also 1, the minimum prefetch size is equal to the READ Transfer Length. This
field does not affect the operation of the drive.
The Minimum Pre-fetch default setting is 1 and cannot
be changed.

Maximum
Pre-fetch

If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a

CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense
key/additional sense code set tot ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the
Maximum Pre-fetch bit is also 1, the maximum prefetch size is equal to the READ Transfer Length. This
field does not affect the operation of the drive.
The Maximum Pre-fetch default setting is 1 and cannot
be changed.

Chapter 2

2-61

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Read Cache Disable bit of 1 indicates read ahead is

disabled.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

MaximumPre-fetch
Ceiling
The Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling filed does not affect the
operation of the drive and can be set to 32 or 64. In
another value is set, a CHECK CONDITION status is
returned with the sense key/ additional sense code set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Parameter List.
NOTE

With write caching enabled, data integrity of the information in the buffer
is not guaranteed through power cycling.

2-62

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Control Mode Page (0AH)

Control Mode Page (0AH)
Byte
0

Reserved (0)

Page Length (06H)

Reserved (0)

4-7

Page Code (0AH)

Que Algorithm Modifiera

Reserved (0)

DQue

Reserved (0)

a.For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.

The parameters of the Control Mode Page are all reserved and cannot be
changed by the MODE SELECT command.
PS

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.

DQue

A Disable Queuing bit of 1 indicates that command

queuing is disabled.
A Disable Queuing bit of 0 indicates that command
queuing is enabled.

NOTE

For more information about the use of Byte 3 (Que Algorithm Modifier),
see Table 2-34 on page 2-39.

Chapter 2

2-63

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-54

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Medium Types
Table 2-55

Medium Types Supported Page 0BH

Byte

PS
(1)

Rsvd
(0)

Page Code (0BH)

Page Length (06H)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Medium Type One Supported

(02H Optical Write-once Medium)

Medium Type Two Supported

(03H Optical Erasable Medium)

Medium Type Three Supported (00H)

Medium Type Four Supported (00H)

PS

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.

This page is used to set the medium type(s) supported by the drive. The
drive accepts the following combinations:

2-64

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Valid Medium Type Combinations

Byte

Field
Name

Setting 1
(default)

Setting 2

Setting 3

Setting 4

Medium
Type 1
Supported

02H

00H

02H

03H

Medium
Type 2
Supported

03H

00H

00H

00H

Medium
Type 3
Supported

00H

00H

00H

00H

Medium
Type 4
Supported

00H

00H

00H

00H

00H

Default (rewritable optical disks only)

02H

Write-Once optical disks

03H

Rewritable optical disks

Chapter 2

2-65

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-56

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Vendor Unique
Table 2-57

Vendor Unique Format Page 20H

Byte

PS
(1)

Rsvd
(0)

Page Code (20H)

Page Length (0AH)

Format Mode

3-11

Format Type Specific Data

PS

NOTE

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.

The drive supports Format Mode 03H and 04H.

Format Mode 03H is for 650-Mbyte optical disks.
Format Mode 04H is for 1.3-, 2.6-, 5.2-, and 9.1-Gbyte optical disks.

2-66

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Format Mode

Table 2-58

Format Mode 03H - Type 0

Byte

Format Mode (03H)

Type 00H

Size of User Band (MSByte)

Size of User Band

Size of User Band

Size of User Band (LSByte)

Size of Spare Band (MSByte)

Size of Spare Band (LSByte)

10

Number of Bands (MSByte)

11

Number of Bands (LSByte)

Size of User
Band
Size of Spare
Band
Number of
Bands

Chapter 2

The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each

user band in number of logical blocks.
The Size of Spare Band field indicates the length of each
spare band in number of logical blocks.
The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the
disk. The drive can read and write multi-band
formatted disks, but can create only single-band disks.

2-67

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Format Mode 03H supports two types of format (type 0 and type 1) by
setting byte 3.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Table 2-59

Format Mode 03H - Type 1

Byte

Format Mode (03H)

Type 01H

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Number of Bands (MSByte)

Number of Bands (LSByte)

Size of Spare Bands (MSByte)

Size of Spare Bands (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

Reserved (0)

Type 1 format exists for compatibility. An initiator cannot change these

parameters.
Number of
Bands
Size of Spare
Band

2-68

The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the

disk.
The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each
spare band in number of logical blocks.

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Format Mode 04H

Byte

Format Mode (04H)

3-9

Reserved (0)

10

Number of Bands (MSByte)

11

Number of Bands (LSByte)

Number of
Bands

NOTE

The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the

disk and can be set to 1 (01H), 16 (10H), 30 (1EH),
or 34 (22H).

The Number of Bands for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives include
1 (01H), 16 (10H), 24 (18H), 30 (1EH), 34 (22H), 38 (26H), or 45 (2DH).

Chapter 2

2-69

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-60

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

Vendor Unique
Table 2-61

Vendor Unique Page 21H

Byte

PS (1)

Rsvd
(0)

Page Code (21H)

Page Length (0AH)

Reserved (0)

DAIR

DWR

Quick
Disconnect

Rsvd
(0)

Force
Verify

S1-8

S1-7

S1-6

S1-5

S1-4

S1-3

S1-2

S1-1

S2-8

S2-7

S2-6

S2-5

S2-4

S2-3

S2-2

S2-1

DOM

FWC

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

7-11
PS

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.

DAIR

A Direct Access Inquiry Response bit of 1 indicates the

Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data
indicates "Direct Access Device."
A DAIR bit of 0 indicates "Optical Memory Device" in
the Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data.
The DAIR default setting is 0.

DWR

A Disable Write Reordering bit of 1 indicates write

reordering is not enabled.
A DWR bit of 0 indicates write reordering is enabled.
The DWR default setting is 0.

2-70

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

A Quick Disconnect bit of 1 enables SCSI bus

disconnection before command validation on
performance path commands (i.e. reads, writes).
A Quick Disconnect bit of 0 disables SCSI bus
disconnection before validation on performance path
commands (i.e. reads, writes).
The Quick Disconnect default setting is 0.

Force Verify

A Force Verify bit of 1 indicates that all write operations

will be verified. The Write 6-, 10-, and 12-byte
commands will operate as if they were Write Verify 6,
10, and 12-byte commands.
A Force Verify bit of 0 indicates normal operation.
The Force Verify default setting is 0.

NOTE

Bytes 4 and 5

Bytes 4 and 5 are used to read the setting of the DIP

switches on the drive. SX-Y refers to the setting of DIP
switch S50X-Y (see Figure 2-1 on page 2-51 and
Table 2-44 on page 2-51). If SX-Y=0, the switch is set to
the OFF position; if SX-Y=1, the switch is set to the ON
position. These fields are not changeable. The switch
setting value overrides the saved value.

DOM

A drive operating mode of 0 indicates that the drive is

installed in a jukebox environment. A DOM bit of 1
indicates that the drive is installed in a stand-alone
environment.

The DOM bit is not selectable using the Mode Select command.

Chapter 2

2-71

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Quick
Disconnect

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)

FWC

NOTE

A Force Write Calibration bit of 1 instructs the drive to

perform the Write Calibration routine at spin-up. A
Force Write Calibration bit of 0 instructs the drive to
perform the Write Calibration routine on receipt of the
first Write command or 5 minutes after spin-up.

The bits DAIR and Force Verify on this mode page can also be controlled
in HP products by changing external switch settings. In HPs standalone
box products, this is accomplished by changing the thumb wheel settings
on the rear of the box. In HPs library products, this is accomplished by
changing the front panel settings. In all cases, changes to the mode page
settings will override the external switch settings.

2-72

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Start/Stop Unit Command (1BH)

This command starts or stops rotation of the optical disk in the drive
and/or ejects the optical disk from the drive.
Table 2-62

Start/Stop Unit Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (1BH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Immed

Reserved (0)

LoEj

Start

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

Immed

An Immediate bit of 1 indicates that status is returned

as soon as the command descriptor block has been
validated.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates that status is returned after
the operation is completed.

LoEj

A Load Eject bit of 0 requests that no action be taken

regarding loading or ejecting the media.
A Load Eject bit of 1 indicates that the media will be
unloaded if the Start bit is 0.
A Load Eject bit of 1 indicates that the media will be
loaded if the Start bit is 1.

NOTE

This command is affected by the Prevent/Allow Medium Removal

command. Do not use LoEj in an autochanger environment.
Start

Chapter 2

A Start bit of 1 indicates that the drive starts rotating

the optical disk. A Start bit of 0 indicates that the drive
stops rotating the optical disk.
2-73

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Start/Stop Unit Command (1BH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)

Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)

This command requests diagnostic test data resulting from the Send
Diagnostic Command be sent to the initiator.
Table 2-63

Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Flag

Link

Operation Code (1CH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Allocation
Length

Table 2-64

The Allocation Length field specifies the number of

bytes allocated for returned diagnostic data. The
controller returns the number of bytes specified or all
available diagnostic data (10 bytes), whichever is less.

Received Diagnostic Results Page Codes

Page Code

Maximum
Transfer
Length

Description

00H

Supported Diagnostics Pages

(See Table 2-65 on page 2-75)

81H

10

Controller Test
(See Table 2-66 on page 2-75)

2-74

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)

Supported Diagnostic Pages

Byte

Table 2-66

Page Code (00H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (0) (MSByte)

Page Length (2) (LSByte)

Supported Page List (00H)

Supported Page List (81H)

Controller Test 81H

Byte

Page Code (81H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (0) (MSByte)

Page Length (6) (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Loop Count Completed

Internal Error Code (MSByte)

Internal Error Code

Internal Error Code

Internal Error Code (LSByte)

Chapter 2

Success

2-75

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-65

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)

Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)

This command initiates drive diagnostic tests.
NOTE

Disconnect must be allowed to run diagnostic tests.

Table 2-67

Send Diagnostic Command CDB

Byte

0
1

DevOfl

UnitOfl

Flag

Link

Operation Code (1DH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

PF (1)

Rsvd
(0)

SelfTst

Reserved (0)

Parameter List Length (MSByte)

Parameter List Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)
SelfTst

A Self-Test bit of 1 causes the poweron selftest to run.

This self-test is equivalent to the execution of test
sequence 1, Poweron Sequence. If this bit is 1, the
Parameter List Length must be 0.
A Self-Test bit of 0 indicates the test requested in the
Parameter List Length (See Table 2-70 on page 2-78)

NOTE

A SelfTst bit of 0 should be followed by a Receive Diagnostics Results

Command.
A SelfTst bit of 1 should be followed by a Request Sense Command.

2-76

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)

Device Offline bit of 1 must be set for proper operation

of any test besides self-test.

UnitOfl

A Unit Offline bit of 1 must be set for proper operation

of any test besides self-test.

Parameter List
Length
Indicates the number of parameter bytes in the Data
Out Phase that describe the selected test. This value
must be 0 if the SelfTst bit is set to 1.
Table 2-68

Supported Diagnostic Pages

Byte

Table 2-69

Page Code (00H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (0) (MSByte)

Page Length (0) (LSByte)

Send Diagnostic Command Page Codes

Page Code

Parameter
List
Length

Description

00H

Supported Diagnostics Pages

(See Table 2-68 on page 2-77)

81H

12

Controller Test
(See Table 2-70 on page 2-78)

Chapter 2

2-77

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

DevOfl

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)

Table 2-70

Controller Test
Byte

Page Code (81H)

Reserved

Page Length (0) (MSByte)

Page Length (8) (LSByte)

No
Break

Test Number
(See Table 2-71 on page 2-78)

Loop Count

6-11

Reserved (0)

No Break
Table 2-71

The No Break bit directs the target not to terminate

looping when an error is detected.

Interface Manager Diagnostic Tests

Diagnostic Test Name

Test Number (hex.)

Selftest

0x01

ROM Checksum Test

0x02

Microprocessor RAM Test

0x03

Buffer RAM Test

0x04

ODC Chip Test

0x05

DSP Communication Test

0x06

2-78

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH)

This command prevents or allows removal of an optical disk from a drive.

Table 2-72

Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (1EH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

4
5
Prevent

Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)

Prevent
Flag

Link

A Prevent bit of 1 prevents removal of the optical disk

from a drive.
A Prevent bit of 0 allows removal of the optical disk
from a drive.

NOTE

The Start/Stop Unit Command affects this command. See Table 2-62 on
page 2-73.

Chapter 2

2-79

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command

(1EH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Capacity Command (25H)

Read Capacity Command (25H)

This command reads the capacity of the optical disk surface in the drive.
The last logical block address and block length of the medium are
returned.
Table 2-73

Read Capacity Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Logical Unit Number

(0)

Reserved (0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

9
PMI

Operation Code (25H)

RelAdr

Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)

PMI
Flag

Link

A Partial Medium Indicator bit of 1 indicates that the

logical block address field does not need to be set to 0.
A PMI bit of 0 indicates that the logical block address
field must be set to 0.

2-80

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Capacity Command (25H)

Read Capacity Command Data

Byte

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Block Length (MSByte)

Block Length

Block Length

Block Length (LSByte)

Chapter 2

2-81

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-74

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read (Group 1) Command (28H)

Read (Group 1) Command (28H)

This command reads data from the specified logical block address.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and
erase commands.

Table 2-75

Read (Group 1) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (28H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

DPO

FUA

Reserved (0)

Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

9
DPO

PBA

Reserved (0)

Flag

RelAdr

Link

A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to

store readahead data in cache after the read data has
been transferred to the initiator.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target it may store
readahead data in the cache after the read data has
been transferred to the initiator.

NOTE

The DPO bit is ignored in 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives.

2-82

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read (Group 1) Command (28H)

FUA

A Force Unit Access bit of 0 indicates that the drive may

access the cache memory.
Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

Transfer
Length

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred
and is not considered an error.

PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

NOTE

For write-once media, blank checking is performed following a failed read.

If the sector is blank, the sense key/additional sense code will be set to
BLANK CHECK/Blank Sector Detected.

NOTE

When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION
status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

Chapter 2

2-83

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that data is read

directly from the disk.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)

Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)

This command is used to write data starting at the specified logical block
address.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and
erase commands.

Table 2-76

Write (Group 1) Command CDB

Byte

Rsvd (0)

RelAdr

Flag

Link

Operation Code (2AH)

Reserved (0)

DPO

FUA

EBP

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

3-4

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

PBA

Ers Cntl

Reserved (0)

NOTE

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

NOTE

For Write-Once media, Byte 9, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).

2-84

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)

DPO

A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store data in the

cache after it has been transferred to the media.
This bit is ignored.
FUA

A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that data is

written directly to the disk.
An FUA bit of 0 indicates that write caching is allowed.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

EBP

An Erase By-Pass bit of 0 indicates an erase is

automatically performed before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.

Transfer Length The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred for
this command.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks of data will be
transferred and is not considered an error.
PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

ErsCntl

NOTE

The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass

bit.

For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing

data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will
return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense
code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.

Chapter 2

2-85

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to

store the data in the cache after it has been transferred
to the media.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)

NOTE

When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

2-86

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Seek (Group 1) Command (2BH)

This command seeks the optical head to the physical track where the
specified logical block exists.
Table 2-77

Seek (Group 1) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Flag

Link

Operation Code (2BH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

PBA

PBA

Reserved (0)

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

NOTE

When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 14X media or 1024 byte/
sector 14X media, setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Field in CDB.

Chapter 2

2-87

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Seek (Group 1) Command (2BH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Erase (Group 1) Command (2CH)

Erase (Group 1) Command (2CH)

This command erases data from the specified logical block address. This
command can only be used with rewritable disks.
Table 2-78

Erase (Group 1) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Rsvd
(0)

RelAdr

Flag

Link

Operation Code (2CH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

ERA

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

NOTE

PBA

Reserved (0)

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

2-88

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Erase (Group 1) Command (2CH)

ERA

An ERA bit of 0 indicates that all blocks are erased,

starting from the logical block address to the end of the
specified transfer length.
Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

Transfer
Length

PBA

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be erased. A value of
0 indicates that no blocks will be erased and is not
considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical
block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

NOTE

If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a

CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code
set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.

NOTE

When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/
additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.

Chapter 2

2-89

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

An Erase All bit of 1 indicates that all remaining blocks

are erased, starting from the logical block address to the
end of the disk. The transfer length must be set to 0.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write and Verify (Group 1) Command (2EH)

Write and Verify (Group 1) Command (2EH)

Writes data to the optical disk and then verifies the write by reading the
written data and checking the error correction code.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and
erase commands.

Table 2-79

Write and Verify (Group 1) Command CDB

Byte

EBP

Rsvd
(0)

RelAdr

Flag

Link

Operation Code (2EH)

Reserved (0)

DPO

Rsvd
(0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

3-4

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

PBA

ErsCntl

Reserved (0)

NOTE

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

NOTE

For Write-Once media, Byte 9, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).

2-90

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write and Verify (Group 1) Command (2EH)
DPO

A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store the data in

the cache after it has been transferred to the optical
disk.
This bit is ignored.
EBP

An Erase By-Pass bit of 0 indicates an erase

automatically performs before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.

Transfer
Length

PBA

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred for
this command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will
be transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical
block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

ErsCntl

The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass

bit.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

NOTE

When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

Chapter 2

2-91

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to

store the data in the cache after it has been transferred
to the optical disk.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Verify (Group 1) Command (2FH)

Verify (Group 1) Command (2FH)

This command verifies previously written data integrity starting at the
specified Logical Block Address by reading the data and checking the
Error Correction Code. The verification threshold is set to approximately
half of the error correction capability.
Table 2-80

Verify (Group 1) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Rsvd
(0)

RelAdr

Operation Code (2FH)

Logical Unit
Number (0)

DPO

Rsvd
(0)

Blk
Vfy

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Verification Length (MSByte)

Verification Length (LSByte)

9
DPO

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

A Disable Page Out (DPO) bit of 1 instructs the target

not to retain the data in the cache after it has been
verified.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to retain the data in
the cache after it has been verified.
This bit is ignored.

2-92

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Verify (Group 1) Command (2FH)

Blk Vfy

A Blk Vfy bit of 0 indicates the drive verifies written

data integrity.
Verification
Length

Rel Adr

The Verification Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be verified for this
command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be
verified and is not considered an error.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block
address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

Chapter 2

2-93

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Blank Verify bit of 1 indicates the drive verifies that

sectors are erased.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Pre-Fetch (34H)

Pre-Fetch (34H)
The Pre-Fetch command is used to transfer the specified number of data
blocks starting from the specified logical block address to cache memory.
Table 2-81

Pre-Fetch Command
Byte

Immed

RelAdr

Operation Code (34H)

Reserved (0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

9
Immed

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

An Immediate bit of 1 indicates that the drive returns a

status as soon as the command descriptor block is
validated.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates that the status is not
returned until the operation is completed.

Transfer
Length
Rel Adr

This field indicates the number of contiguous logical

blocks of data to be transferred.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block
address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

2-94

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Synchronize Cache (35H)

This command initiates the writing of all cached write data to the optical
disk. Ensures that logical blocks in the cache memory, within the
specified range, have their most recent data value recorded on the optical
disk.
Table 2-82

Synchronize Cache Command

Byte

0
1

Immed

Rsvd

Operation Code (35H)

Reserved (0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Number of Blocks (MSByte)

Number of Blocks (LSByte)

9
Immed

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

An Immediate bit of 1 indicates that the target returns

a status as soon as the command descriptor block is
validated.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates that the status is not
returned until the operation is completed.

Number of
Blocks

Chapter 2

The Number of Blocks field specifies the total number of

contiguous logical blocks within the range. A Number of
Blocks bit of 0 indicates that all remaining logical blocks
on the logical unit are within the range. A logical block
within the specified range that is not in cache memory
is not considered an error.
2-95

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Synchronize Cache (35H)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)

Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)

This command reads optical disk defect information. The data returned
starts with a 4-byte header, followed by one or more defect descriptors.
Table 2-83

Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command CDB

Byte

Operation Code (37H)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

PList

GList

Defect List Format

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

PList and GList A PList bit of 0 and a GList bit of 1 indicates the drive
will return the contents of the defect list (SDL).
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 0 indicates the drive
will return the contents of the PDL.
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 1 indicates the drive
will return the contents of the PDL and the SDL.

2-96

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)

Allocation
Length

Table 2-84

This field specifies the defect list format that is

returned. Only the Physical Sector Format (5) is
supported. If the Block Format (0) is specified, the
defect list will be returned in Physical Sector Format
and a CHECK CONDITION status will be returned at
the completion of the command with the sense key/
additional sense code set to RECOVERED ERROR/
Defect List Not Available.
This field specifies the number of bytes that the
initiator has allocated for the return of this data. A
length of 0 indicates that no data will be returned. This
condition is not considered an error. The drive will
terminate the data in phase when the allocation
length has been transferred or when all available defect
data has been transferred to the initiator, whichever is
less.

Read Defect Data Defect List Header

Byte

0
1

Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)

PList

GList

Defect List Format

Defect List Length (MSByte)

Defect List Length (LSByte)

PList

A PList bit of 1 indicates the Primary List of defects was

returned.

GList

A GList bit of 1 indicates the Grown List of defects was

returned.

Defect List
Format

Defect List
Length

Chapter 2

This field will be set to the Defect List format that was
indicated in byte 2 of the CDB, which specifies the
format of the Defect List data returned by the drive.
This field specifies the length in bytes of the defect
descriptors (see Table 2-85 on page 2-98).
2-97

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Defect List
Format

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)

Table 2-85

Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor

Byte

Physical Track Number of the Defect (MSByte)

Physical Track Number of the Defect

Physical Track Number of the Defect (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Defective Physical Sector Number

2-98

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

This command writes data to the drive data buffer. The transfer data
consists of a 4-byte descriptor followed by the buffer data.
CAUTION

If you write data to the buffer area, you may overwrite valid information
that the drive needs for operation.

Table 2-86

Write Buffer Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (3BH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Mode (Table 2-87 on

page 2-100)

Buffer ID (See Table 2-87 on page 2-100)

Buffer Offset (MSByte)

Buffer Offset

Buffer Offset (LSByte)

Parameter List Length (MSByte)

Parameter List Length

Parameter List Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

Mode

Indicates which data format is used. Refer to Table 2-87

on page 2-100 for valid values.

Buffer ID

Indicates which buffer is used. Refer to Table 2-87 on

page 2-100 for valid values.

Chapter 2

2-99

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

Buffer Offset

Indicates at what address the data is written, offset

from the beginning of the buffer. Must be set to 0 when
using Download Microcode ID.

Parameter List
Length
Indicates the number of data bytes to be written in the
buffer.
Table 2-87

Table 2-88

Buffer Access Mode and ID

Buffer Type

Buffer ID

Mode

Buffer RAM

Download Microcode

Serial Number and Manufacturing Date

Customer and Product ID

15

Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)

Mode

Description

Vendor specific

Download microcode

Data retained for subsequent read buffer command

Buffer RAM
Download
Microcode

Indicates the data buffer space used for transfer to and

from the optical disk.
Indicates the code the drive uses to operate.

Serial Number and

Manufacturing
Date Code
Indicates the drives serial number and date code, which
indicates the week of manufacturing.
Customer and
Product ID
Indicates the Vendor Identification and Product
Identification fields of the INQUIRY command
Response Data.

2-100

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)
Mode

Description

Data Mode (same as Mode 2)

Vendor specific

Data Mode

Download Microcode

Chapter 2

2-101

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-89

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

This command reads data from the drive data buffer. The transfer data
consists of a 4-byte descriptor followed by the buffer data.
Table 2-90

Read Buffer Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (3CH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Buffer ID

Buffer Offset (MSByte)

Buffer Offset

Buffer Offset (LSByte)

Parameter List Length (MSByte)

Parameter List Length

Parameter List Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Mode

Flag

Link

Mode

Indicates which data format is to be used. Refer to

Table 2-91 on page 2-103 for valid values.

Buffer ID

Indicates which buffer is to be used. Refer to Table 2-91

on page 2-103 for valid values.

Buffer Offset

Indicates at what address the data should be written,

offset from the beginning of the buffer.

Parameter List
Length
Indicates the number of data bytes to be read from the
buffer.

2-102

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

Read Buffer Descriptor

Byte

Table 2-92

Table 2-94

Offset Boundary

Buffer Capacity (MSB)

Buffer Capacity

Buffer Capacity (LSB)

Buffer Access Mode and ID

Buffer Type

Buffer ID

Buffer RAM

Buffer RAM
Table 2-93

Mode
0

Indicates the data buffer space used for the movement

of data to and from the optical disk.

Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)

Mode

Description

Data retained for subsequent read buffer command

Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)
Mode

Description

Data Mode (same as Mode 2)

Data Mode

Descriptor Mode

Chapter 2

2-103

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-91

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Long Command (3EH)

Read Long Command (3EH)

This command reads data starting at the specified Logical Block
Address, including ECC data. Read data is not corrected using ECC.
Table 2-95

Read Long Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (3EH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

RelAdr

Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

2-104

PBA

SC

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Long Command (3EH)

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes

of data and ECC information to be read:
4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives
only.
2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives
only.
1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC,
pad, &ECC)
512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC,
pad, &ECC)
All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1

PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

SC

A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is

represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector"
consists of 2380 bytes for 2K media, 1200 bytes for 1K
media, or 610 bytes for 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is
represented in bytes.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

NOTE

When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/
additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.

Chapter 2

2-105

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Transfer
Length

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Long Command (3FH)

Write Long Command (3FH)

This command writes data starting at the specified Logical Block
Address, without using ECC generation circuitry. The ECC field is also
written with data transferred to the drive.
Table 2-96

Write Long Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (3FH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

RelAdr

Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

NOTE

PBA

SC

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

2-106

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Long Command (3FH)

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes

of data and ECC information to be written.
4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives
only.
2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives
only.
1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC,
pad, &ECC)
512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC,
pad, &ECC)
All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1

PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

SC

A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is

represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector"
consists of 2380 bytes for 2K media, 1200 bytes for 1K
media or 610 bytes 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is
represented in bytes.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

NOTE

If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a

CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code
set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.

Chapter 2

2-107

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Transfer
Length

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Long Command (3FH)

NOTE

When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/
additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.

2-108

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Select Command (4CH)

This command clears drive resident logs.

Table 2-97

Log Select Command CDB

Byte

Operation Code (4CH)

Reserved (0)

PC (01H)

Flag

Link

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Parameter List Length (MSByte) (0)

Parameter List Length (LSByte) (12)

(See Table 2-98 on page 2-110)

NOTE

Reserved (0)

Initiators should issue LOG SENSE commands prior to issuing LOG

SELECT commands to determine supported pages and page lengths.
The ONLY capability the initiator is given via the Log Select command is
to reset the cumulative logs. Parameter code and parameter information
is listed in Table 2-99 on page 2-110.

Chapter 2

2-109

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Log Select Command (4CH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Select Command (4CH)

Parameter List Data

Table 2-98

Parameter List Data for Byte 8 of the Log Select Command

Byte

Table 2-99

Page Code (Table 2-99 on page 2-110)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (08)

Parameter Code (MSByte)

Parameter Code (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Password Parameter Length (04)

Password Parameter Information (MSByte)

(Table 2-99 on page 2-110)

Password Parameter Information

10

Password Parameter Information

11

Password Parameter Information (LSByte)

Log Select Command

Page
Code

Description

Parameter
Code

Password
Parameter
Information

Write Error Counter Page

8000

4A4F454C

Read Error Counter Page

8000

4A6F686E

Verify Error Counter Page

8000

45726963

Last N error Events Page

1000

53746576

33

Erase Error Counter Page

8000

416C5020

34

Blank Check Counter Page

8000

47657269

2-110

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

This command provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical

information maintained by the drive.
Table 2-100

Log Sense Command CDB

Byte

Operation Code (4DH)

Reserved (0)

PC (01H)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Pointer (MSByte)

(See Table 2-101 on page 2-112)

Parameter Pointer (LSByte)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Parameter
Pointer

Chapter 2

Page Code (See Table 2-101 on page 2-112)

Allocation
Length

Flag

Link

The number of parameter bytes, including the Log Page

and the parameter structures.
The Parameter Pointer field allows the initiator to
request parameter data beginning from a specific
parameter code to the maximum allocation length or
the maximum parameter code, whichever is less. Log
parameters within the specified log page are
transferred in ascending order according to parameter
code.

2-111

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Log Sense Command (4DH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 2-101

Log Sense Page Codes

Page
Code

Description

00H

Supported Log Pages

02H

Error Counter Page for Write Errors

(See Table 2-103 on page 2-113)

03H

Error Counter Page for Read Errors

(See Table 2-105 on page 2-114)

05H

Error Counter Page for Verify Errors

(See Table 2-107 on page 2-115)

07H

Last n Error Events Page (See Table 2-109 on page 2-116)

33H

Error Counter Page for Erase Errors (See Table 2-112 on

page 2-119)

34H

Error Counter Page for Blank Check Errors (See

Table 2-114 on page 2-120)

Supported Log Pages 00H

The supported log page returns the list of log pages implemented by the
target. Targets that implement the Log Sense command use this log
page.
Table 2-102

Supported Log Pages 00H

Byte
0

Rsvd (0)

Page Code (00H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)

Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)

Supported Page List

Supported Page List

2-112

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Error Counter Page for Write Errors 02H

Byte
0

Table 2-104

Rsvd (0)

Page Code (02H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)

Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)

Parameter Code (MSByte)

(See Table 2-104 on page 2-113 or Table 2-106 on page 2-114)

Parameter Code (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Length (n-7)

Parameter Value

Parameter Value

Parameter Codes/Structure for Write Errors

Param.
Code

Length
Bytes

Description

12

Sectors Corrected with Retries

12

Total Number of Retry Attempts

12

Total Sectors Corrected

14

Total Bytes Processed

12

Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors

46

Request for all pages

Chapter 2

2-113

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-103

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 2-105

Error Counter Page for Read Errors 03H

Byte
0

Table 2-106

Rsvd (0)

Page Code (03H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)

Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)

Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-104 on page 2-113

or Table 2-106 on page 2-114)

Parameter Code (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Length (n-7)

Parameter Value

Parameter Value

Parameter Codes/Structure for Read Errors

Param.
Code

Length
Bytes

Description

12

Sectors Corrected with Retries

12

Total Number of Retry Attempts

12

Total Sectors Corrected

14

Total Bytes Processed

12

Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors

46

Request for all pages

2-114

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Error Counter Page for Verify Errors 05H

Byte
0

Table 2-108

Rsvd (0)

Page Code (05H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)

Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)

Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-106 on page 2-114

or Table 2-108 on page 2-115)

Parameter Code (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Length (n-7)

Parameter Value

Parameter Value

Parameter Codes/Structure for Verify Errors

Param.
Code

Length
Bytes

Description

12

Sectors Corrected with Retries

12

Total Number of Retry Attempts

12

Total Sectors Corrected

14

Total Bytes Processed

12

Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors

46

Request for all pages

Chapter 2

2-115

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-107

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 2-109

Last N Error Events Page 07H

Byte
0

Rsvd (0)

Page Code (07H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)

Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)

Parameter Pointer (MSByte)

(See Table 2-110 on page 2-117)

Parameter Pointer (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Length (n-7)

Parameter Value

Parameter Value

2-116

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Parameter Pointers/Structure for Last N Error Events Page

Parameter
Pointer

Length
Bytes

Description

10

Number of Events in the Log

(Maximum Events = 50 or 250 for 9.1
Gbyte Drives)

34

Most Recent Error Event Log (See

Table 2-109 on page 2-116 or
Table 2-111 on page 2-118)

34

Next Most Recent Event (See

Table 2-109 on page 2-116 or Table
Table 2-111 on page 2-118)

50

34

Least recent Error Event (See

Table 2-109 on page 2-116 or
Table 2-111 on page 2-118)

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

Up to 1510
for 50 events;
up to 7510 for
250 events

Request for all pages

Chapter 2

2-117

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-110

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 2-111

Error Event Log

Byte

Log Type (1-read, 2-write, 3-erase, 4-verify, 5-blank check,

6-spin-up error, 7-loading error, 8-check condition)

Occurrence Count

Long
(1)

Power On Minutes

Half Seconds

Half Seconds Fraction (16 uSec) (MSByte)

Half Seconds Fraction (16 uSec) (LSByte)

Power On Hours (MS Byte)

Power On Hours

Power On Hours

Power On Hours (LSByte)

10

UMID Byte 5

11

UMID Byte 6

12

UMID Byte 7

13

UMID Byte 8

14

Internal Error Code (MSByte)

15

Internal Error Code

16

Internal Error Code

17

Internal Error Code (LSByte)

18

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

19

Logical Block Address

20

Logical Block Address

2-118

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)
Table 2-111

Error Event Log

Table 2-112

21

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

22

Physical Block Address (MSByte)

23

Physical Block Address

24

Physical Block Address

25

Physical Block Address (LSByte)

Error Counter Page for Erase Errors 33H

Byte
0

Rsvd (0)

Page Code (33H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)

Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)

Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-113 on page 2-120 or

Table 2-115 on page 2-121)

Parameter Code (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Length (n-7)

Parameter Value

Parameter Value

Chapter 2

2-119

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Byte

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 2-113

Table 2-114

Parameter Codes/Structure for Erase Errors

Param.
Code

Length
Bytes

Description

12

Sectors Corrected with Retries

12

Total Number of Retry Attempts

12

Total Sectors Corrected

14

Total Bytes Processed

12

Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors

46

Request for all pages

Error Counter Page for Blank Check Errors 34H

Byte
0

Rsvd (0)

Page Code (34H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)

Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)

Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-115 on page 2-121)

Parameter Code (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Length (n-7)

Parameter Value

Parameter Value

2-120

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Parameter Codes/Structure for Blank Check Errors

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Table 2-115

Param.
Code

Length
Bytes

Description

12

Sectors Corrected with Retries

12

Total Number of Retry Attempts

12

Total Sectors Corrected

14

Total Bytes Processed

12

Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors

46

Request for all pages

Chapter 2

2-121

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)

Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)

This command sets optical disk, drive unit, or controller unit
parameters.
Table 2-116

Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Logical Unit Number

(0)

PF
(1)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Parameter List Length (MSByte)

Parameter List Length (LSByte)

SP

Operation Code (55H)

Reserved (0)

SP

Flag

Link

A Save Pages bit of 1 indicates that the target performs

the specified MODE SELECT operation, and saves all
the savable pages to non-volatile RAM. The pages are
only saved if different from those currently saved.
A Save Pages bit of 0 indicates the target performs the
specified MODE SELECT operation, and does not save
any pages.

2-122

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)

The Mode Select Parameter List contains an 8-byte

header followed by 0 or 1 block descriptors, and followed
by 0 or more pages (see Table 2-117 on page 2-123).
Table 2-117

Mode Select Header

Byte

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Medium Type

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Block Descriptor Length (MSByte)

Block Descriptor Length (LSByte)

Medium Type

Block
Descriptor
Length

Chapter 2

The Medium Type field will be set to 00H (default, only

one medium type supported), 02H (write-once optical
disks) or 03H (optical reversible or erasable medium).

The Block Descriptor Length specifies the length in

bytes of the block descriptor, equal to 0 or 8. A Block
Descriptor Length of 0 indicates that no block
descriptors are included in the parameter list. This
condition is not considered an error.

2-123

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Parameter List
Length
This field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE
SELECT parameter list that the initiator will transfer
to the drive during the DATA OUT phase. A length of 0
indicates that no data will be transferred. This
condition is not considered an error.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)

Table 2-118

Mode Select Block Descriptor

Byte

NOTE

Density Code

Number of Blocks (MSByte)

Number of Blocks

Number of Blocks (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Block Length (MSByte)

Block Length

Block Length (LSByte)

All fields in the Block Descriptor have no effect on the drive.

Refer to Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH) on page 2-54 for
detailed information on each page.

2-124

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)

Table 2-119

Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (5AH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Rsvd
(0)

PC

DBD

Reserved (0)

Page Code

3-6

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

DBD

A disable block descriptors (DBD) bit of 0 (default)

indicates that block descriptors are provided.

PC

Page control defines the type of parameter values to be

returned as follows:
00 - Current Values
01 - Changeable Values
10 - Default Values
11 - Saved Values

Page Code

Page code values are the same as for the Mode Select
(Group 0) command. If the page code is specified as 00H
or 3FH, all the pages are returned.

Allocation
Length

Chapter 2

Indicates the number of bytes that the indicator has

allocated for return of this data. A length of 0 indicates
that no data will be returned. This condition is not
considered an error. The drive will terminate the data in phase when the allocation length has been
transferred or when all available data has been
transferred to the initiator, whichever is less.

2-125

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)

Table 2-120

Mode Sense Header

Byte

Mode Data Length (MSByte)

Mode Data Length (LSByte)

Medium Type

WP

Reserved (0)

Cache
(1)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Block Descriptor Length (MSByte)

Block Descriptor Length (LSByte)

Mode Data
Length

This field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE

SENSE data to follow.

Medium Type

The Medium Type field is set to 00H (default, only one

medium type is supported), 02H (write-once optical
disks), or 03H (rewritable optical disks), depending on
the drive condition (00H if no disk or not ready, and 02H
or 03H if it is ready to access the disk).

WP

A write protect bit of 1 indicates that the optical disk in

the drive is write protected.

2-126

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)

The Cache bit of 1 indicates that caching is supported.

PS

The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this

parameter page is savable in non-volatile storage.

Block Descriptor
Length
The Block Descriptor Length field specifies the length
in bytes of the block descriptor.
Table 2-121

Mode Sense Block Descriptor

Byte

NOTE

Density Codes

Number of Blocks (MSByte)

Number of Blocks

Number of Blocks (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Block Length (MSByte)

Block Length

Block Length (LSByte)

Descriptions of each page can be found in Mode Sense (Group 0)

Command (1AH) on page 2-54.

Chapter 2

2-127

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Cache

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)

Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)

This command reads data from the specified logical block address.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and
erase commands.

Table 2-122

Read (Group 5) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Logical Unit Number

(0)

DPO

FUA

Reserved (0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length

Transfer Length

Transfer Length (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

2-128

Operation Code (A8H)

11

PBA

Reserved (0)

Flag

RelAdr

Link

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)

DPO

A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target it may store

readahead data in the cache after the read data has
been transferred to the initiator.
NOTE

The DPO bit is ignored in 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives.
FUA

A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that the drive

reads from the disk.
An FUA bit of 0 indicates that data may come from the
cache memory.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

Transfer
Length

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred
and is not considered an error.

PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

NOTE

For Write-Once optical disks, blank checking is performed following a

failed read. If the sector is blank, the sense key/additional sense code will
be set to BLANK CHECK/Blank Sector Detected.

Chapter 2

2-129

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to

store readahead data in cache after the read data has
been transferred to the initiator.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)

NOTE

When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION
status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

2-130

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)

This command writes data starting at the specified logical block address.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and
erase commands.

Table 2-123

Write (Group 5) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

EBP

Rsvd
(0)

RelAdr

Flag

Link

Operation Code (AAH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

DPO

FUA

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

3-4

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

7-8

Transfer Length

Transfer Length (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

NOTE

PBA

ErsCntl

Reserved (0)

For Write-Once media, Byte 11, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).
DPO

A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to

store the data in the cache after it has been transferred
to the media.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store the data in
the cache after it has been transferred to the media.

Chapter 2

This bit is ignored

2-131

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)
FUA

A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that data is

written directly to the disk.
An FUA bit of 0 indicates that write caching will be
allowed.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

EBP

If the Erase By-Pass bit is set to 0, an erase is

automatically performed before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.

Transfer
Length

The Transfer Length field indicates the number of

contiguous logical blocks to be transferred for this
command.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred
and is not considered an error.

PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

ErsCntl

NOTE

The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass

bit.

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

2-132

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)

When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media,
setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.

NOTE

For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing

data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will
return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense
code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.

Chapter 2

2-133

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

NOTE

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)

Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)

This command erases data from the specified logical block address. This
command can only be used with rewritable disks.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and
erase commands.

Table 2-124

Erase (Group 5) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Rsvd
(0)

RelAdr

Operation Code (ACH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

ERA

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length

Transfer Length

Transfer Length (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

2-134

PBA

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

NOTE

If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a

CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code
set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.
ERA

An Erase All bit of 1 indicates that all remaining blocks

are erased, starting from the logical block address to the
end of the disk. The transfer length must be set to 0.
An ERA bit of 0 indicates that all blocks are erased,
starting from the logical block address to the end of the
specified transfer length.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

Transfer
Length

PBA

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of

contiguous logical blocks of data to be erased for this
command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be
erased and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical
block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

Chapter 2

2-135

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

NOTE

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)

NOTE

When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/
additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.

2-136

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)

Writes data to the optical disk and then verifies the write by reading the
written data and checking the error correction code.
NOTE

The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and
erase commands.

Table 2-125

Write and Verify (Group 5) CDB

Byte

0
1

EBP

Rsvd (0)

RelAdr

Flag

Link

Operation Code (AEH)

Logical Unit Number (0)

DPO

Rsvd (0)

Logical Block Address (MSByte)

3-4

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

7-8

Transfer Length

Transfer Length (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

NOTE

PBA

ErsCntl

Reserved (0)

For Write-Once media, Byte 11, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).
DPO

A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to

store the data in the cache after it has been transferred
to the media.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store the data in
the cache after it has been transferred to the media.
This bit is ignored.

Chapter 2

2-137

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)
EBP

An Erase By-Pass bit of 0 indicates an erase

automatically performs before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

Transfer
Length

PBA

The Transfer Length field indicates the number of

contiguous logical blocks to be transferred for this
command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be
transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical
block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

ErsCntl

The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass

bit.

NOTE

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

NOTE

For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing

data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will
return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense
code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.

2-138

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)

When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 14X media or 1025 byte/
sector 14X media, setting the PBA bit or the ErsCntl bit will cause the
drive to return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional
sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Field in CDB.

Chapter 2

2-139

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

NOTE

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Verify (Group 5) Command (AFH)

Verify (Group 5) Command (AFH)

This command verifies the data starting from the specified logical block
address by checking the error correction code.
This command has two modes of operation, depending on the value of the
BV bit. If the Blk Vfy bit is set to 0, it verifies previously written data
integrity starting at the specified Logical Block Address by reading the
data and checking the Error Correction Code. The verification threshold
is set to approximately half of the error correction capability.
Table 2-126

Verify (Group 5) CDB

Byte
0
1

Logical Unit Number

(0)

DPO

Rsvd
(0)

Blk
Vfy

Logical Block Address (MSByte

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address

Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Verification Length (MSByte)

Verification Length

Verification Length

Verification Length (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

2-140

Rsvd
(0)

RelAdr

Flag

Link

Operation Code (AFH)

11

Reserved (0)

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Verify (Group 5) Command (AFH)

DPO

A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to retain the data in

the cache after it has been verified.
This bit is ignored.
Blk Vfy

A Blank Verify bit of 1 indicates the drive verifies that

sectors are erased.
A Blk Vfy bit of 0 indicates the drive verifies written
data integrity.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

Verification
Length

Chapter 2

Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data

to be verified. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will
be verified and is not considered an error.

2-141

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to

retain the data in the cache after it has been verified.

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)

Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)

This command reads optical disk defect information. The data returned
starts with an 8-byte header, followed by one or more defect descriptors.
Table 2-127

Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (B7H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

PList

GList

Defect List Format

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length

Allocation Length

Allocation Length (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11
PList &GList

Reserved (0)

Link

Flag

A Primary List bit of 0 and a Grown List bit of 1

indicates the drive will return the contents of the
Primary Defect List (PDL) and the Secondary Defect
List (SDL).
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 0 indicates the drive
will return the contents of PDL.
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 1 indicates the drive
will return the contents of the PDL and the SDL.

2-142

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)

Allocation
Length

Table 2-128

This field specifies the Defect List Format that is

returned. Only the Physical Sector Format (5) is
supported. If the Block Format (0) is specified, the
defect list will be returned in Physical Sector Format
and a CHECK CONDITION status will be returned at
the completion of the command with the sense key/
additional sense code set to RECOVERED ERROR/
Defect List Not Available.
Specifies the number of bytes that the initiator has
allocated for return of this data. A length of 0 indicates
that no data will be returned. This condition is not
considered an error. The drive will terminate the data
in phase when the allocation length has been
transferred or when all defect data has been transferred
to the initiator, whichever is less.

Read Defect Data Defect List Header

Byte

0
1

Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)

PList

GList

Defect List Format

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Defect List Length (MSByte)

Defect List Length

Defect List Length

Defect List Length (LSByte)

PList

A primary List bit of 1 indicates that the Primary List

of defects was returned.

GList

A Grown List bit of 1 indicates that the Grown List of

defects was returned.

Chapter 2

2-143

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Defect List
Format

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)

Defect List
Format

Defect List
Length
Table 2-129

This field will be set to the Defect List Format that was
indicated in byte 1 of the CDB, which specifies the
format of the Defect List data returned by the drive.
This field specifies the total length in bytes of the defect
descriptors (see Table 2-129 on page 2-144).

Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor

Byte

Physical Track Number of the Defect (MSByte)

Physical Track Number of the Defect

Physical Track Number of the Defect (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Defective Physical Sector Number

2-144

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Long Command (DEH)

This command reads data starting at the specified Logical Block

Address, including ECC data. Read data is not corrected using ECC.
Table 2-130

Read Long Command CDB

Byte

Operation Code (DEH)

Reserved (0)

RelAdr

Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

PBA

Chapter 2

SC

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

2-145

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Read Long Command (DEH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Read Long Command (DEH)

Transfer
Length

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes

of data and ECC information to be read:
4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer, CRC,
pad and ECC). For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives only.
2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer, CRC,
pad, and ECC). For 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.
1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC,
pad, and ECC).
512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC, pad,
and ECC).
All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

SC

A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is

represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector"
consists of 2380 bytes for 2K media, 1200 bytes for 1K
media or 610 bytes for 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is
represented in bytes.

NOTE

When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/
additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.

2-146

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Long Command (DFH)

This command writes data starting at the specified Logical Block

Address, without using ECC generation circuitry. The ECC field is also
written with data transferred to the drive.
Table 2-131

Write Long Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (DFH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

RelAdr

Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address

Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Transfer Length (MSByte)

Transfer Length (LSByte)

NOTE

PBA

SC

Reserved (0)

Flag

Link

The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte
capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/
media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.

Chapter 2

2-147

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

Write Long Command (DFH)

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Long Command (DFH)

Transfer
Length

The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes

of data and ECC information to be read:
4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer, CRC,
pad, & ECC). For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives only.
2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer, CRC,
pad, and ECC). For 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.
1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC,
pad, &ECC).
512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC, pad,
&ECC).
All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1.

Rel Adr

A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block

address specified is a twos complement offset from the
last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an
absolute address.

PBA

A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical

block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is
used.

SC

A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is

represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector"
consists of 2380 bytes for 2048 media, 1200 bytes for
1024 media or 610 bytes for 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is
represented in bytes.

NOTE

If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a

CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code
set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.

2-148

Chapter 2

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Long Command (DFH)

When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media,
the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/
additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.

Chapter 2

2-149

SCSI-2 Drive Commands

NOTE

SCSI-2 Drive Command Set

Write Long Command (DFH)

2-150

Chapter 2

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Chapter 3

3-1

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Numerical List of Commands

Numerical List of Commands

Table 3-1

Numerical List of Commands

Code
(hex.)

Name

Description

Page
Number

00H

Test Unit Ready

Checks to determine if the

optical library is ready.

3-6

01H

Rezero Unit

Sets the library to a specific

predefined state.

3-7

03H

Request Sense

Determines a specific error

condition when the library
fails to successfully complete
a command.

3-8

07H

Initialize
Element Status

Checks all elements for

media.

3-12

0CH

Rotate Mailslot
Command
Controls

Controls mailslot rotation.

3-13

12H

Inquiry

Provides vendor, product,

and revision information

3-14

16H

Reserve

Reserves the library for use

by a single SCSI initiator.

3-18

17H

Release

Releases the library for use

by multiple SCSI initiators.

3-20

1AH

Mode Sense

Determines element
parameter information

3-21

1CH

Receive
Diagnostic
Results

Retrieves diagnostic test

information resulting from
the Send Diagnostic
Command

3-33

3-2

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Numerical List of Commands
Table 3-1

Numerical List of Commands

Code
(hex.)

Name

Description

Page
Number

Send Diagnostic

Causes the library to

perform predefined
diagnostic test/exerciser
routines.

3-35

1EH

Prevent/Allow
Medium
Removal

Prevents or allows the

manual insertion or removal
of media through the
mailslot.

3-37

2BH

Position To
Element

Positions the specified

transport element in front of
the specified destination
element.

3-38

3BH

Write Buffer
Command

Writes data to the jukebox

3-39

3CH

Read Buffer
Command

Reads data from the jukebox

3-43

4DH

Log Sense

Retrieves statistical
information about the
library.

3-47

A5H

Move Medium

Moves media between

library elements.

3-64

A6H

Exchange
Medium

Exchanges media at the

source element address with
the destination element
address.

3-66

B8H

Read Element
Status

Retrieves the status of the

storage slots, mailslot,
drives, and picker.

3-68

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

1DH

3-3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Alphabetical List of Commands

Alphabetical List of Commands

Table 3-2

Alphabetical List of Commands

Code
(hex.)

Name

Description

Page
Number

A6H

Exchange
Medium

Exchanges media at the

source element address with
the destination element
address.

3-66

07H

Initialize
Element Status

Checks all elements for

media.

3-12

12H

Inquiry

Provides vendor, product, and

revision information

3-14

4DH

Log Sense

Retrieves statistical
information about the library.

3-47

1AH

Mode Sense

Determines element
parameter information

3-21

A5H

Move Medium

Moves media between library

elements.

3-64

2BH

Position To
Element

Positions the specified

transport element in front of
the specified destination
element.

3-38

1EH

Prevent/Allow
Medium
Removal

Prevents or allows the

manual insertion or removal
of media through the
mailslot.

3-37

3CH

Read Buffer
Command

Reads data from the jukebox.

3-43

B8H

Read Element
Status

Retrieves the status of the

storage slots, mailslot, drives,
and picker.

3-68

3-4

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Alphabetical List of Commands
Table 3-2

Alphabetical List of Commands

Code
(hex.)

Description

Page
Number

1CH

Receive
Diagnostic
Results

Retrieves diagnostic test

information resulting from
the Send Diagnostic
Command

3-33

17H

Release

Releases the library for use by

multiple SCSI initiators.

3-20

03H

Request Sense

Determines a specific error

condition when the library
fails to successfully complete
a command.

3-8

16H

Reserve

Reserves the library for use

by a single SCSI initiator.

3-18

01H

Rezero Unit

Sets the library to a specific

predefined state.

3-7

0CH

Rotate Mailslot
Command
Controls

Controls mailslot rotation.

3-13

1DH

Send
Diagnostic

Causes the library to perform

predefined diagnostic test/
exerciser routines.

3-35

00H

Test Unit
Ready

Checks to determine if the

optical library is ready.

3-6

3BH

Write Buffer
Command

Writes data to the jukebox

3-39

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

NOTE

Name

Throughout this section, a Control Byte (0) is vendor unique and should
always be set to 0.

Chapter 3

3-5

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Test Unit Ready Command (00H)

Test Unit Ready Command (00H)

This command determines the READY state of the library. If the library
is in a ready state when it receives this command, it returns a GOOD
status. If the library is not ready when it receives the Test Unit Ready
Command, it returns a CHECK CONDITION with a sense key of NOT
READY.
Table 3-3

Test Unit Ready Command CDB

Byte
0
1

3-6

Operation Code (00H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Control Byte (0)

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Rezero Unit Command (01H)

Rezero Unit Command (01H)

This command recalibrates the mechanical system and sets the library to
a specific predefined state.
Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Table 3-4

Rezero Unit Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (01H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Control Byte (0)

Chapter 3

3-7

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Request Sense Command (03H)

This command determines the specific error condition when the library
fails to successfully complete a command and returns a check condition
status. (Sense data is preserved for the initiator until retrieved by a
Request Sense Command or until the initiator sends another command.)
Codes are used to represent the error condition and this information can
be used to determine what type of error recovery procedure is
appropriate.
Table 3-5

Request Sense Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (03H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length

Control Byte (0)

Allocation
Length

3-8

This field contains the number of data bytes to be

returned.

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Table 3-6

Request Sense Data Parameter Block Format

Byte

Valid

Error Code (70H or 71H)

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Sense Key (Table 3-7 on

page 3-10)

3-6

Information

Additional Sense Length (Table 3-7 on page 3-10)

8-11

Reserved (0)

12

Additional Sense Code (Table B-2 on page B-4)

13

Additional Sense Code Qualifier (Table B-2 on page B-4)

14

Reserved (0)

15

SKSV

Sense Key Specific (Table 3-8 on page 3-11)

16-17

Sense Key Specific

18-77

Additional Sense Bytes

Valid

A valid bit of "1" indicates the information field contains

valid information.

Error Code

Either 70H (current error) or 71H (deferred error).

Sense Key and

Additional
Sense Length See Table 3-7 on page 3-10.

Chapter 3

3-9

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Table 3-7

Sense Key - Additional Sense Length Values

Sense Key

Description

Additional Sense
Length

0H

No Sense

10

1H

Recovered Error

70

2H

Not Ready

10

4H

Hardware Error

70

5H

Illegal Request

10

6H

Unit Attention

10

BH

Aborted Command

10

Information

Contains the Element address in question on an Illegal

Request during a 21H or 3BH sense code.

Additional Sense
Code
The Additional Sense Code specifies detailed
information related to the error reported in the Sense
Key field. See Table B-2 on page B-4.
Additional Sense
Code Qualifier The Additional Sense Code Qualifier specifies detailed
information related to the Additional Sense Code. See
Table B-2 on page B-4.
SKSV
Sense Key
Specific

When set to 1, the Sense Key Specific bytes contains

valid data. When set to 0, Bytes 15, 16, and 17 are zero.
When the Sense Key field is set to Illegal Request (05H)
and SKSV is 1, the Sense Key Specific fields are defined
as shown in Table 3-8 on page 3-11.

Additional Sense
Bytes
This field may contain information when the Additional
Sense Length field contains a value greater than 10. See
Table B-5 on page B-8 and Table B-6 on page B-14.

3-10

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Request Sense Command (03H)

Table 3-8

Sense Key Field = Illegal Request (05H) and SKSV Bit = 1

7

15

SKSV
(1)

C/D

Reserved (0)

3
BPV

16

Field Pointer (MSByte)

17

Field Pointer (LSByte)

C/D

Bit Pointer

1 = Illegal Parameter is in Command Descriptor Block.

0 = Illegal Parameter is in Data Out Phase.

BPV

1 = Bit pointer field is valid.

0 = Bit pointer field is invalid.

NOTE

Bit Pointer

Specifies which bit is in error. When a multiple bit field

is in error, the pointer points to the most significant bit
in the field.

Field Pointer

Specifies which byte is in error. Bytes are numbered

starting from 0. When a multiple-byte field is in error,
the pointer points to the most significant byte of the
field.

Bytes identified as being in error are not necessarily the bytes that need
to be changed to correct the problem.

Chapter 3

3-11

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Byte

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Initialize Element Status Command (07H)

Initialize Element Status Command (07H)

This command checks all elements for optical disks and for relevant
status. This information is retained and can be accessed through the
Read Element Status Command (B8H). Refer to Table 3-70 on page 3-68.
Table 3-9

Initialize Element Status Command CDB

Byte
0
1

NOTE

Operation Code (07H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Control Byte (0)

This command takes a few minutes to complete

3-12

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Rotate Mailslot Command (0CH)

Rotate Mailslot Command (0CH)

The host system may send this SCSI vendor-unique command to the
optical disk library to control mailslot rotation.
Rotate Mailslot Command CDB
Byte

0
1

Operation Code (0CH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

5
Open

Open

Control Byte (0)

An Open value of 1 causes the mailslot to rotate out. An
Open value of 0 causes the mailslot to rotate in.

There are three exceptions:

If another device, including the front panel, already has the mailslot
prevented or reserved.
If there is an optical disk already in the transport element (picker).
If the optical disk library is full.

Chapter 3

3-13

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Table 3-10

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

Inquiry Command (12H)

This command requests information describing the type of SCSI device.
This information includes the following:
Vendor ID
Product ID
Product revision
Table 3-11

Inquiry Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (12H)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

VPD Identifier

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length

Control Byte (0)

EVPD

EVPD

A 0 in this bit requests Standard Inquiry Information.

A 1 in this bit requests the vital product data specified
by the VPD identifier field.

VPD Identifier If EVPD is 0, this field should be 0. If EVPD is 1, this

field will contain the code for the requested vital
product data page (Table 3-12 on page 3-15).
Allocation
Length
NOTE

The number of bytes reserved for returned data.

Vital Product data pages are not supported in fx model jukeboxes.

3-14

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

Table 3-12

Vital Product Data Page Codes

Page Code

Description

Supported vital product data pages

Unit serial number

C0H

Firmware information page

Inquiry Command Data

Table 3-13

Standard Inquiry Data Format

Byte

Peripheral Qualifier (0)

RMB
(1)

ISO Version (0)

AENC
(0)

Peripheral Device Type

(08H=Medium Changer).
Device-Type Qualifier (0)

TrmIOP
(0)

ECMA Version (0)

Reserved (0)

ANSI-Approved
Version (2)

Response Data Format (2)

Additional Length (1FH)

5-7

Reserved (0)

8-15

Vendor Identification (HP)

16-31

Product Identification

32-35

Product Revision Level

RMB

Removable medium bit. When this bit is set to 1,

medium is removable.

ANSI and
Response Data
Format
The returned value of 2 indicate compliance to X3131199x.
Chapter 3

3-15

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

80H

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

AENC,
TrmIOP

Asynchronous event notification and the terminate I/O

process message are not supported.

Response Data
Format
Indicates the inquiry data format complies with X3131199X.
Vendor
Identification All unused bytes are filled with a blank space. (ASCII)
Product
Identification
String
All unused bytes are filled with a blank space. (ASCII)

Vital Product Data Pages

Table 3-14

Supported Vital Product Data Pages

Byte
0

Peripheral Qualifier
(0)

Peripheral Device Type (08H)

Page Code (0)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (03H)

0 (this page)

80H (Unit Serial Number Page)

C0H (Firmware Information Page - Vendor Unique)

3-16

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Inquiry Command (12H)

Table 3-15

Unit Serial Number Page

Byte
0

Peripheral Qualifier
(0)

Peripheral Device Type (08H)

Page Code (80H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (0CH)

4-15

Serial Number (ASCII)

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Table 3-16

Firmware Information Page

Byte
0

Peripheral Qualifier
(0)

Peripheral Device Type (08H)

Page Code (C0H)

Reserved (0)

Page Length (0AH)

4-7

Controller Firmware Revision (x.xx, ASCII)

8-13

Controller Firmware Type Code (xxxxxx, ASCII)

Chapter 3

3-17

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Reserve Command (16H)

Reserve Command (16H)

This command reserves the library for use by a single SCSI initiator
when the library is connected to multiple initiators.
Table 3-17

Reserve Command CDB

Byte

Operation Code (16H)

Logical Unit Number

(0)

3rdPty

Third Party Device

ID

Reservation Identification

Element List Length (MSByte)

Element List Length (LSByte)

Control Byte (0)

3rdPty
Third Party
Device ID
Element

Element

When set to 1, the library is reserved for the SCSI

device specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
A third party device ID indicates identification of the
SCSI device the library is to be reserved for.
When set to 1, any valid element identified in the
element list is reserved for the initiator making the
request.
When set to 0, all elements are reserved.

Reservation
Identification Identifies each element reservation with a code word
byte.
Element List
Length

3-18

Defines the size of the element list.

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Reserve Command (16H)

Reserve Command Element List Descriptors

Each element list consists of zero or more descriptors. The element list
descriptor defines a series of elements beginning at the specified element
address for the specified number of elements.

Table 3-18

Reserve Command Element List Descriptors

Byte

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Number of Elements (MSByte)

Number of Elements (LSByte)

Element Address (MSByte)

Element Address (LSByte)

Chapter 3

3-19

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

If the number of elements is zero, the element list begins at the specified
element address and continues through the last element address on the
unit. However, if the Element Address is a transport device (a picker) or
an unused Element Address, a status of CHECK CONDITION, Sense
Key = ILLEGAL REQUEST is returned.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Release Command (17H)

Release Command (17H)

This command releases the library or element for use by another
initiator.
Table 3-19

Reserve Command CDB

Byte

Operation Code (17H)

Logical Unit Number

(0)

3rdPty

Third Party Device

ID

Reservation Identification

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Control Byte (0)

Element

3rdPty

When set to 1, the element or unit is released from a

previous reserve which had been made using a third
party reservation.

Element

When set to 1, any reservation from the requesting

initiator with a matching reservation identification is
terminated. All other reservations remain intact.
When this bit is set to 0, the target terminates all
element and unit reservations.

Reservation
Identification Identifies each element reservation code word byte.

3-20

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

This command acquires element parameter information about the
library. This information includes, but is not limited to the following:

First input/output (mailslot) element address and number of input/

output elements.
First medium transport element (picker) address and number of
medium transport elements.
First optical drive element address and number of drives.
Characteristics of the various element types.
Table 3-20

Mode Sense Command CDB

Byte

Operation Code (1AH)

Reserved (0)

PC

Page Code

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (Table 3-21 on page 3-22)

Control Byte (0)

PC

Page Control defines the type of parameter values to be

returned as follows:
0 - Current Values
1 - Changeable Values
2 - Default Values
3 - Saved Values

Chapter 3

3-21

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

First storage slot element address and number of storage slots.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Page Code

Valid Page Code values are:

1DH - Element Address Assignment Page (Table 3-22
on page 3-23)
1EH - Transport Element Parameters (Table 3-25 on
page 3-25)
1FH - Device Capabilities Page (Table 3-26 on
page 3-27 or Table 3-27 on page 3-28)
3FH - All Pages

Allocation
Length
Table 3-21

The number of bytes returned for each page code are

shown in the following two tables:

Mode Sense Allocation Lengths

# of Return
Bytes

Page
Code

Description

Table

24

1DH

Element Address
Assignment

Table 3-22 on
page 3-23

8 or 10

1EH

Transport Element
Parameters

Table 3-25 on
page 3-25

24

1FH

Device Capabilities

Table 3-26 on
page 3-27

12

20H

Configuration
Parameters

Table 3-28 on
page 3-30

62 or 64a

3FH

All Pages

a. All models except the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx will run in
either single- or double- picker mode. The higher number represents double-picker mode. (Double picker mode is the
default mode).

3-22

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Table 3-22

Mode Sense Element Address Assignment Page (1DH) Format

Byte

Sense Data Length (23)

1-3

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Page Code (1DH)

Parameter Length (12H)

First Medium Transport Element Address (MSByte) (0)

First Medium Transport Element Address (LSByte)

(Table 3-23 on page 3-24)

Number Of Medium Transport Elements (MSByte) (0)

Number Of Medium Transport Elements (LSByte)

(Table 3-23 on page 3-24)

10

First Storage Element Address (MSByte) (0)

11

First Storage Element Address (LSByte) (Table 3-24 on page 3-24)

12

Number Of Storage Elements (MSByte) (0)

13

Number Of Storage Elements (LSByte) (Table 3-24 on page 3-24)

14

First Import/Export Element Address (MSByte) (0)

15

First Import/Export Element Address (LSByte)

(Table 3-24 on page 3-24)

16

Number Of Import/Export Elements (MSByte) (0)

17

Number Of Import/Export Elements (LSByte) (1)

18

First Data Transfer Element Address (MSByte) (0)

19

First Data Transfer Element Address (LSByte) (1)

20

Number Of Data Transfer Elements (MSByte) (0)

21

Number Of Data Transfer Elements (LSByte) (Table 3-24 on page 3-24)

22-23

Reserved (0)

Chapter 3

3-23

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Table 3-23

Number of Transport Elements

Transport Modea

First Transport
Address

# of Transport
Elements

Dual Picker Mode

16

Single Picker Mode

a.All models except the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx will run in either
single-or double-picker mode. All other jukebox models run in singlepicker mode only.
Table 3-24

Number of Data Transfer Elements

Model

First
Storage
Address

Storage
Elements

First Import
Address

40fx

11

16

10

1 or 2

80fx

31

32

20

160fx

31

64

20

200fx

31

76

20

330fx

31

128

20

4 or 6

600fx

31

238

20

6,8,10,12

80ex

11

16

10

1 or 2

160ex

31

32

20

320ex

31

64

20

400ex

31

76

20

660ex

31

128

20

4 or 6

1200ex

31

238

20

4, 6, or 10

3-24

Data
Transfer
Elements

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Transport Element (Picker)

Table 3-25

Mode Sense Transport Element Parameter Page (1EH) Format

Byte

Sense Data Length (7) or (9)a

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

5
6
7
8
9

Page Code (1EH)

Parameter Length (02H) or (04H)
Reserved (0)

Rotate
(1)

Member Number In Transport Element Set (0)

Reserved (0)

Rotate
(1)

Member Number In Transport Element Set (1)

a. All models except the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx will run in either
single- or double-picker mode. All other jukebox models run in singlepicker mode only. In single picker mode 7 bytes will be returned; in dualpicker mode 9 bytes will be returned.
Parameter
Length
Rotate

Chapter 3

Number of bytes which describe each transport element

(picker).
When set to 1, this bit indicates that the medium
transport element (picker) supports flipping doublesided optical disks.

3-25

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Device Capabilities
The Device Capability Page provides information about library element
storage, Move Medium, and Exchange Medium capabilities.
The following abbreviations are used in the field names of the following
two tables:
MT - Medium transport element (picker)
ST - Storage element
IE - Import/Export element (mailslot)
DT - Data Transport element (drive)

3-26

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH)a

Table 3-26
Byte

StorIE
(1)

StorST
(1)

StorMT
(0)

Sense Data Length (23)

1-3

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

5
6

Page Code (1FH)

Parameter Length (12H)

Reserved (0)

StorDT
(0)
Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

MT->DT
(1)

MT->IE
(0)

MT->ST
(1)

MT->MT
(0)

Reserved (0)

ST->DT
(1)

ST ->IE
(1)

ST->ST
(1)

ST->MT
(1)

10

Reserved (0)

IE->DT
(1)

IE ->IE
(0)

IE ->ST
(1)

IE->MT
(0)

11

Reserved (0)

DT->DT
(1)

DT->IE
(1)

DT->ST
(1)

DT->MT
(1)

12-15

Reserved (0)

16

Reserved (0)

MT<>DT
(1)

MT<>IE
(0)

MT<>ST
(1)

MT<>MT
(0)

17

Reserved (0)

ST<>DT
(1)

ST<>IE
(1)

ST<>ST
(1)

ST<>MT
(0)

18

Reserved (0)

IE<>DT
(1)

IE<>IE
(0)

IE<>ST
(1)

IE<>MT
(0)

19

Reserved (0)

DT<>DT
(1)

DT<>IE
(1)

DT<>ST
(1)

DT<>MT
(0)

20-23

Reserved (0)

a. This table applies to all jukeboxes, EXCEPT the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.

Chapter 3

3-27

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH)a

Table 3-27
Byte

StorIE
(1)

StorST
(1)

StorMT
(0)

Sense Data Length (23)

1-3

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

5
6

Page Code (1FH)

Parameter Length (12H)

Reserved (0)

StorDT
(0)
Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

MT->DT
(1)

MT->IE
(0)

MT->ST
(1)

MT->MT
(0)

Reserved (0)

ST->DT
(1)

ST ->IE
(1)

ST->ST
(1)

ST->MT
(1)

10

Reserved (0)

IE->DT
(1)

IE ->IE
(0)

IE ->ST
(1)

IE->MT
(0)

11

Reserved (0)

DT->DT
(1)

DT->IE
(1)

DT->ST
(1)

DT->MT
(1)

12-15

Reserved (0)

16

Reserved (0)

MT<>DT
(1)

MT<>IE
(0)

MT<>ST
(1)

MT<>MT
(0)

17

Reserved (0)

ST<>DT
(1)

ST<>IE
(1)

ST<>ST
(1)

ST<>MT
(0)

18

Reserved (0)

IE<>DT
(1)

IE<>IE
(0)

IE<>ST
(1)

IE<>MT
(0)

19

Reserved (0)

DT<>DT
(1)

DT<>IE
(1)

DT<>ST
(1)

DT<>MT
(0)

20-23

Reserved (0)

a. This table applies ONLY to the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.

3-28

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)
In the descriptions below, XX and YY are abbreviations of the element
types such as MT or ST.
StorXX

When this bit is set to 1, the XX element type provides

independent storage for a cartridge.

XX->YY - Move
Medium
A returned bit value of 1 indicates that the library
supports Move Medium commands from the XX (source)
element to the YY (destination) element. See Table 3-68
on page 3-64 for additional information on the Move
Medium command.
A returned bit value of 0 indicates that Move Medium
commands from the XX element to the YY element are
not supported and will be rejected, with ILLEGAL
REQUEST.
XX<>YY Exchange
Medium

A returned bit value of 1 indicates that the library

supports Exchange Medium commands where the
source is element type XX and destination 1 is element
type YY, and destination 2 is of the same type as the
source element.
An XX<>YY field returned bit value of 0 indicates that
these Exchange Medium commands will be rejected
with ILLEGAL REQUEST. See Table 3-69 on page 3-66
for additional information on the Exchange Medium
Command.

Chapter 3

3-29

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

If the StorXX bit is set to 0, it indicates that elements of

that type provide virtual sources or destinations, and
the storage location of the cartridge is provided by an
element of some other type.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Table 3-28
Byte

Autochanger Configuration Mode Page (20H)

7

Sense Data Length (11)

1-3

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Report
Recovered

Write
Verify

Page Code (20H)

Page Length (06H)

Recovery

Dual
Picker

Starwars
/ Bump
Check

Slots
230-238

Mail
In/Out

Mail
Rotation

8
9

Secure

Secure
Mail
In/Out

Power
Secure

Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)

SCSI Log

Conf
40

No
Break on
Fail

Reserved (0)

10

Reserved (0)

11

Reserved (0)
This Mode Page provides information on the state of the autochangers
configuration options. Page control requests for Current and Saved
values return the same values. Requests for changeable values return all
zeros because none of these values are changeable through a Mode
Select. Requests for Default values return the Default values.

3-30

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

The following lists the correspondences between fields of this Page and
the control panel options on the jukeboxes.
NOTE

Large Jukebox in the following list means Models 330fx, 600fx, 660fx,
1200ex, 1200mx, and 2200mx.

Small Jukebox in the following list means Models 40fx and 80ex, 125ex,
and 220mx.
Recovery

Large Jukebox: RECOVERY ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: RECOVERY ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 21 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Dual Picker

Large Jukebox: DUAL PICKER ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: DUAL PICKER ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)

Starwars

Large Jukebox: STARWARS ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: STARWARS ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 42 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Secure

Large Jukebox: SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 15 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Secure Mail
In/Out

Large Jukebox: Reserved (0)

Medium Jukebox: SECURE MAIL IN/OUT (1 = IN)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 31 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Power Secure Large Jukebox: POWER SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: POWER SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 20 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Report
Recovered

Write Verify

Chapter 3

Large Jukebox: REP RECOVERED ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: REP RECOVERED ON/OFF (1=ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 27 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Large Jukebox: WRITE VERIFY ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: WRITE VERIFY ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 41 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

3-31

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Medium Jukebox in the following list means Models 80fx, 160fx, 200fx,
160ex, 320ex, 400ex, 300mx, 600mx, and 700mx.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Mode Sense Command (1AH)

Slots 230-238

Large Jukebox: SLOTS 230-238 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)

Mail In/Out

Large Jukeboxes DOOR OPEN/CLOSED 1=CLOSED

Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)

Mail Rotation Large Jukebox: Reserved (0)

Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 32 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
SCSI Log

Large Jukebox: SCSI LOG ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: SCSI LOG ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)

Conf 40

Large Jukebox: CONF40 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Medium Jukebox: CONF40 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONF40 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

No Break on
Fail

3-32

Large Jukebox: Reserved (0)

Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 8 ON/OFF (1 = ON)

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)

Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)

NOTE

The following tables provide information that can help with

troubleshooting failed components in a unit. The FRUs returned should
be considered pointers to the best area within the unit to check for the
fault. Simply changing the FRU listed may or may not fix the associated
problem.

Table 3-29

Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (1CH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length (LSByte)

Control Byte (0)

Allocation
Length

Chapter 3

The maximum number of parameter bytes that may be

sent in the Data In Phase to describe the results of the
test.

3-33

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

This command retrieves the results of a library diagnostic test performed

using the Send Diagnostic Command (Table 3-31 on page 3-35). The
diagnostic test number and parameters, error codes, and FRU
information are provided.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)

Table 3-30

Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB

Byte

Reserved (0)

Hardware Error Code

FRU 1

FRU 2

FRU 3

Number of the Test that Failed

6-13

Parameters

Hardware Error
Code
Code is generated only if an unrecoverable error occurs
(See Table B-7 on page B-19).
FRU 1

The FRU most likely to be at fault (See Table C-1 on

page C-2 or Table C-2 on page C-4).

FRU 2

The second most likely FRU to be at fault. (See

Table C-1 on page C-2 or Table C-2 on page C-4).

FRU 3

The third most likely FRU to be at fault (See Table C-1

on page C-2 or Table C-2 on page C-4).

Test Number

The diagnostic test number. This will not be a sequence

number, but the specific test that failed. Refer to
Table B-12 on page B-40 for a list of the jukebox
diagnostic tests.

Parameters

Additional parameters as defined for individual tests.

There may be several like components in a unit. These components may

have a common FRU number. When it is possible to detect which of these
FRUs may be at fault, the error code field reflects the one to check.

3-34

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)

Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)

This command causes the library to perform certain predefined
diagnostic test/exercise routines.

Table 3-31

Send Diagnostic Command CDB

Byte

0
1

DevOfL

UnitOfl

Operation Code (1DH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

SelfTst

Reserved (0)

Parameter List Length (MSByte)

Parameter List Length (LSByte)

Control Byte (0)

SelfTst

When set to 1, the Poweron Selftest runs. This selftest

is equivalent to running Test Sequence 1, the Poweron
Sequence. The parameter list length must be 0.
When set to 0, the diagnostic specified in the parameter
list is run.

DevOfL

Must be set to 1 for any test other than Selftest.

UnitOfl

Must be set to 1 for any test other than Selftest.

Parameter List
Length
The number of parameter bytes in the Data Out Phase
that describes the test to be run. The valid range is
between 2 and 10, although this value must be 0 if the
Selftest bit is set to 1. See Table 3-32 on page 3-36.

Chapter 3

3-35

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

The Request Sense (Table 3-5 on page 3-8) and the Receive Diagnostic
Results (Table 3-29 on page 3-33) commands can be used to get the
results of a test.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)

Send Diagnostic Command Data

Table 3-32

Send Diagnostic Command Parameter List

Byte

0
1

Test Number
Break

Loop Count Identifier

Parameters

Parameters

Parameters

Parameters

Parameters

Parameters

Parameters

Parameters

Test Number

Diagnostic test number. See Table B-12 on page B-40 or

Table B-13 on page B-44 for a list of the jukebox
diagnostic tests.

Break

Indicates how to terminate the loop count if an error

occurs.
0 - Break on first error
1 - Do not break on error

Loop Count
Identifier

The number of times the test will be repeated before the

test is terminated and status is returned.
1H - Run 1 time
2H - Run 10 times
3H - Run 100 times
4H - Run 1000 times

Parameters
3-36

Parameters associated with the specified tests.

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH)

Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command

(1EH)

Table 3-33

Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (1EH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

4
5
Prevent

Chapter 3

Reserved (0)

Prevent

Control Byte (0)

A Prevent bit of 1 prevents removal of an optical disk. A
prevent bit of 0 allows removal of an optical disk.
Default is 0.

3-37

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

This command either prevents or allows users to insert or remove optical

disks using the mailslot.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Position To Element Command (2BH)

Position To Element Command (2BH)

This command positions the specified transport element in front of the
specified destination element.
Table 3-34

Position To Element Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Operation Code (2BH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Transport Element Address (MSByte)

Transport Element Address (LSByte)

Destination Element Address (MSByte)

Destination Element Address (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

8
9

Reserved (0)

Invert

Control Byte (0)

Transport Element
Address
The default address of zero is the best address for use.
(Changing from the default could result in a decrease in
jukebox performance.) However, this field can also be
set to a specific transport element address (see Table 322 on page 3-23).
Destination Element
Address
See Table 3-22 on page 3-23 in the description of the
Mode Sense Command for more information about
addressing.
Invert

3-38

An Invert bit value of 1 requests the transport element

be inverted (flipped) before being placed in front of the
destination element.
Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

This command writes data to the jukebox.
Incorrect use of this command may cause an overwrite of critical
information needed for the jukebox to operate. If this occurs, call service.
Only Buffer IDs listed in Table 3-37 on page 3-40 are intended for use
outside of the factory.
Table 3-35

Write Buffer Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (3BH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Mode (See Table 3-37

on page 3-40)

Buffer ID (Table 3-37 on page 3-40)

Buffer Offset (MSByte)

Buffer Offset

Buffer Offset (LSByte)

Byte Transfer Length (MSByte)

Byte Transfer Length

Byte Transfer Length (LSByte)

Control Byte (0)

Mode

Indicates which data format is used. Refer to Table 3-37

on page 3-40 for valid values.

Buffer ID

Indicates which buffer is used. Refer to Table 3-37 on

page 3-40 for valid values.

Chapter 3

3-39

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

CAUTION

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

Buffer Offset

Indicates at what address the data is written, offset

from the beginning of the buffer. Must be set to 0 when
using Download Microcode ID.

Byte Transfer
Length
Indicates the number of data bytes to be written in the
buffer.
Table 3-36

Write Buffer Mode Descriptions

Mode

Table 3-37

Description

Vendor specific

Download microcode

Download microcode

User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Write Modes

User-Accessible Buffers

NOTE

Buffer
ID

Allowed
Write Modes

Download Microcode (FLASH EPROM)

4,5

Customer and Product ID (NVRAM)

15

Online Drive Repair ID

128

Additional buffer IDs are for factory use only and are subject to change
without notice.

3-40

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

Table 3-38

Write Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive

Repair
Byte

Description
Drive 1 Control

Drive 2 Control

Drive 3a Control

Drive 4a Control

Drive 5a Control

Drive 6a Control

Drive 7a Control

Drive 8a Control

Drive 9a Control

Drive 10a Control

10

Drive 11a Control

11

Drive 12a Control

12

Reserved

13

Reserved

14

Reserved

15

Reserved

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

a.Model dependent

Chapter 3

3-41

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Write Buffer Command (3BH)

Table 3-39

Drive Control Definition

Byte

3-42

Description

00

No change to the drive state.

01

Set drive to "Online_good" state.

04

Set drive to "Offline_failed" state.

06

Set drive to "Offline_good" state.

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

This command reads data from the jukebox.
Only the Buffer IDs listed in Table 3-42 on page 3-44 are intended for use
outside of the factory.

Table 3-40

Read Buffer Command CDB

Byte

0
1

Operation Code (3CH)

Logical Unit Number
(0)

Reserved (0)

Buffer ID

Buffer Offset (MSByte)

Buffer Offset

Buffer Offset (LSByte)

Byte Transfer Length (MSByte)

Byte Transfer Length

Byte Transfer Length (LSByte)

Control Byte (0)

Mode

Mode

Indicates which data format is to be used. Refer to

Table 3-41 on page 3-44 for valid values.

Buffer ID

Indicates which buffer is to be used. Refer to Table 3-41

on page 3-44 for valid values.

Buffer Offset

Indicates at what address the data should be written,

offset from the beginning of the buffer.

Byte Transfer
Length
Indicates the number of data bytes to be read from the
buffer (maximum of 65535).

Chapter 3

3-43

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

NOTE

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

NOTE

Additional Buffer IDs are for factory use only and are subject to change
without notice.

Table 3-41

Read Buffer Mode Descriptions

Mode
1

Table 3-42

Description
Vendor specific

User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Read Modes

User-Accessible Buffers
Online Drive Repair ID

3-44

Buffer
ID

Allowed
Read Modes

128

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

Table 3-43

Read Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive

Repair
Byte

Description
Drive 1 Status

Drive 2 Status

Drive 3a Status

Drive 4a Status

Drive 5a Status

Drive 6a Status

Drive 7a Status

Drive 8a Status

Drive 9a Status

Drive 10a Status

10

Drive 11a Status

11

Drive 12a Status

12

Reserved

13

Reserved

14

Reserved

15

Reserved

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

a.Model dependent

Chapter 3

3-45

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Buffer Command (3CH)

Table 3-44

Drive Status Definition

Byte

Status

Description

00

Drive is not valid

01

Online_good

The drive is online and in a good

state. This is the normal state. All
accesses allowed.

02

Online_pending

The drive is offline and ready to go

to the "Online_good" state. No
accesses allowed.

04

Offline_failed

The drive is offline and in a failed

state. No accesses allowed. No power
is applied to the drive.

05

Offline_good_pending

The drive is online but requesting to

go the "Offline_good" state. All
accesses allowed.

06

Offline_good

The drive is offline but is not in a

failed state. No accesses allowed. No
power is applied to the drive.

3-46

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Log Sense Command (4DH)

This command retrieves statistical library information maintained by
the jukebox.
Log Sense Command CDB
Byte

Operation Code (4DH)

Logical Unit Number

(0)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)
Page Code (Table 3-46 on page 3-48)

Reserved (0)

Reserved (0)

Parameter Pointer (MSByte) (0)

Parameter Pointer (LSByte) (0)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length (LSByte)

Control Byte (0)

Allocation
Length

The number of parameter bytes, including the Log Page

Descriptor Block and the parameter structures. Refer to
Table 3-46 on page 3-48.

Log Sense Parameter Data

Parameter data returned by the Log Sense Command is organized into
pages. The parameter data available in each page is described in
Table 3-46 on page 3-48.

Chapter 3

3-47

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Table 3-45

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 3-46

Log Sense Parameter Data Available in Each Page

Page
Code

Length
Bytesa

Length
Bytesb

Description

16

16

List of supported pages

30H

510

366

Error log (Table 3-47 on page 3-49)

31H

72

NSc

Move Success log (Table 3-51 on page 3-53)

32H

varied

NS

Force log (Table 3-53 on page 3-54)

33H

406

366

Recovery log (Table 3-54 on page 3-55)

34H

204

204

Regression (vendor unique)

35H

14-44

24-44

36H

NS

Byte 0 = Version #; Byte 1 = Revision #

37H

24

24

The Odometer log (Table 3-60 on page 3-58)

38H

116

366

Run-Time log (Table 3-61 on page 3-59)

39H

108

NS

Retry log (Table 3-64 on page 3-61)

3AH

52

NS

Move History log (Table 3-66 on page 3-63)

3BH

72

164-340

Mechanism Parameters (factory use only)

3CH

3DH

204

NS

Drive log d (Table 3-58 on page 3-57)

PROM Information (factory use only)

Alternate Regression (factory use only)

a. This column ONLY applies to the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx.
b. This column applies to all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx.
c. If "NS" appears in this field, the log is not supported for all models, EXCEPT
40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx.
d. The length of the drive log depends on the number of drives in the unit. Ten
bytes per drive are available.
All log pages are preceded by a 4-byte header that contains the page
number, a reserved byte, and the length of the data to follow the header.
(Refer to the following example.)

3-48

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Error Logs Table Format

This table is accessed using the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 3-45
on page 3-47 with page code 30H. It records hard errors that occur
during normal operation of the jukebox.

Table 3-47

Error Logs Table Format a

Byte #

Description

Page Code 30H

Reserved = 0

Number of bytes to follow (MSByte)

Number of bytes to follow (LSByte)

Current Entry

Number of Entries

6-366

Array of 10 log entries (36 Bytes each)

a. This table applies to all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and
220mx.

Chapter 3

3-49

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

This log may be initialized before exerciser or wellness sequences are

run. This allows you to accumulate data related to the test at hand.
When you initialize the cumulative log, all data accumulated is lost.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 3-48

Error/ Recovery/Runtime Log Data Entry Format

Byte

Reserved (0)

Hardware Error Code (Table B-7 on page B-19)

FRU 1 (Table C-1 on page C-2)

FRU 2 (Table C-1 on page C-2)

FRU 3 (Table C-1 on page C-2)

Command Attempted

6-7

Source Element Number

8-9

Destination Element Number

10-11

Second Destination Element Number

12-16

Micro-Move ID History (Table Table D-1 on page D-2)

17

Failed Micro-Move ID (Table D-1 on page D-2)

18

Failed Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-10 on page B-32)

19

Active
Picker

Active
Thumb

Reserved (0)

20-21

Vertical Motor Commanded Position

22-23

Vertical Motor Actual Position

24-25

Plunge Motor Commanded Position

26-27

Plunge Motor Actual Position

28-29

Translate Motor Commanded Position

30-31

Translate Motor Actual Position

32-35

Odometer

3-50

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 3-49

Byte

Description

Page Code 30H

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

4-5

Current entry number (range 1 - 50)

6-7

Number of entries in the log

8-9

Log entry currently being displayed

10-509

Array of 50 log entries (10 bytes each) See Table 3-50 below.

Error Log Entry Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models
only)
Byte

Diagnostic User Number

Hardware Error Code (Table B-7 on page B-19)

FRU 1 (Table C-1 on page C-2)

FRU 2 (Table C-1 on page C-2)

FRU 3 (Table C-1 on page C-2)

Test Number

Time Stamp (MSByte)

Time Stamp

Time Stamp

Time Stamp (LSByte)

Chapter 3

3-51

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Table 3-50

Error Logs Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models ONLY)

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Diagnostic User
Number
0 - Poweron
1 - Front Panel
2 - SCSI Bus
3 - FRU Isolation
4 - Error Recovery
5 - SCSI Reset
6 - SCSI Abort

NOTE

FRU 1

The FRU most likely to be at fault. (See Appendix C).

FRU 2

The second most likely FRU to be at fault. (See

Appendix C).

FRU 3

The third mostly likely FRU to be at fault. (See

Appendix C).

Test Number

The diagnostic test number. See Table B-12 on

page B-40 for a list of diagnostic tests.

Time Stamp

Indicates when the error occurred (measured in hours

since the odometer was initialized).

The FRU numbers returned indicate the most likely cause of the error,
but these FRUs might not be the actual cause of the problem.

3-52

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Move Success Log Table Format

NOTE

This log is ONLY supported on the 40fx and 80ex models.

Move totals and the ten most recent hard errors are recorded.
Table 3-51

Move Success Log Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models ONLY)
Byte

Description

Page Code 31H

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

Current entry number (range 1 - 10)

Number of entries in the log

6-9

Total number of good moves since last hard error

10-11

Total number of soft errors since last hard error

12-71

Array of 10 entries, one entry per hard error (Table 3-52 on

page 3-53

NOTE

Hard errors are unrecoverable and generate a hardware error code. Soft
errors are recoverable with normal operation continuing after recovery.

Table 3-52

Move Success Logs Entry Format

Byte

Description

0-3

Current Good Move Count at time of hard error

4-5

Current Recovery Count at time of hard error

Chapter 3

3-53

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Table 3-45 on page 3-47 with page code 31H. The Move Success Log is
intended for use during normal jukebox operation, not diagnostic
operation.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Force Log Data Format

NOTE

This log is ONLY supported on 40fx and 80ex models.

This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 345 on page 3-47) with page code 32H. Each cartridge move is actually a
sequence of many small moves called Micro-Moves. Each Micro-Move has
an associated ID number. For each Micro-Move ID, the log reflects the
highest force seen for that Micro-Move ID.

Table 3-53

Force Entry Data Format

Byte

3-54

Description

Page Code 32H

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

4-5

Y-axis maximum force for the Micro-Move ID (Table D-1 on

page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)

6-7

Z-axis maximum force for the Micro-Move ID (Table D-1 on

page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Recovery Log Data Format

This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 345 on page 3-47, with page code 33H. It records soft errors and related
information on error recovery method and success.

Table 3-54

Recovery Log Data Format (For all models EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx)
Byte
0

Page Code 33H

Reserved = 0

Number of bytes to follow (MSByte)

Number of bytes to follow (LSByte)

Current Entry

Number of Entries

6-366

Table 3-55

Description

Array of 10 log entries (36 Bytes each) (See Table 3-48 on

page 3-50)

Recovery Log Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models ONLY)
Byte

Description

Page Code 33H

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

4-5

Current entry number (range 1 - 20)

5
6-405

Chapter 3

Number of Entries
20 recovery log entries, 20 bytes each (See Table 3-56 on
page 3-56)

3-55

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

It is reset to 0 before any jukebox move. Any error that occurs during a
move or during the subsequent error recovery is logged. The information
is only valid for the most recent move.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 3-56

Recovery Log Entry Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models ONLY)
Byte

Table 3-57

Description

Macro-Move ID (Table D-1 on page D-2)

Error Recovery State (Table 3-57 on page 3-56)

Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)

Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-10 on page B-32)

4-7

Y-input position from the encoder

8-11

Expected Y-input position from the encoder

12-15

Z-input position from the encoder

16-19

Expected Z-input from the encoder

Error Recovery State (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models ONLY)
Byte

Description

First retry attempt failed

Second retry attempt failed

Third retry attempt failed

20

First restore attempt failed

21

Second restore attempt failed

22

Third restore attempt failed

97

Maximum number of retries exceeded

98

Maximum number of restores exceeded

99

Find Home failed

127

Initial entry for this failure

3-56

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Drive Log Data Format

This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 345 on page 3-47 with page code 35H. It records the number of times a
drive is used by the jukebox.
Drive Log Data Format
Byte

Table 3-59

Description

Page Code 35H

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

4-13

Log entry for Drive #1

14-23

Log entry for Drive #2 (Model dependent, seeTable 3-24 on

page 3-24)

24-33

Log entry for Drive # (Model dependent, see Table 3-24 on

page 3-24)

34-43

Log entry for Drive #4 (Model dependent, see Table 3-24 on

page 3-24)

Drive Log Entry Format

Byte

Description

0-3

Count of optical disk insertions for this drive

4-5

Media source for last move to this drive

Media flipped bit for last move to this drive

ID/LUN Valid bits for this drive

SCSI ID for this drive

SCSI LUN for this drive

Chapter 3

3-57

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Table 3-58

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Odometer Log Data Format

This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Table 3-45 on page 3-47 with page code 37H. It counts the number of
times various types of moves are completed. An exchange is counted as
two moves.
Table 3-60

Odometer Log Data Format

Byte

Description

Page Code 37H

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

4-7

Move Odometer

8-11

Flip Odometer

12-15

Translate Odometer

16-19

Mailslot Rotate Odometer

20-23

Poweron Hours

3-58

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Run-Time Log Data Format

Table 3-61

Run-Time Logs Data Format (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx)
Byte
0

Page Code 38H

Reserved = 0

Number of bytes to follow (MSByte)

Number of bytes to follow (LSByte)

Current Entry

Number of Entries

6-366
Table 3-62

Description

Array of 10 log entries (36 Bytes each)

Run-Time Logs Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models ONLY)
Byte

Description

Page Code 38H

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

4-7

Number of Macro-Move IDs since this log was reset

8-9

Number of retries done since this log was reset

10-11

Number of inline recoveries since this log was reset

12-13

Number of fatal errors since this log was reset

14

Chapter 3

Number of entries in this log

3-59

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 345 on page 3-47 with page code 38H. It keeps a record of error recovery
activity. An entry is added to the Run-Time Log when a move fails or
when any type of error recovery is required. Only the last ten entries are
saved.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)
Table 3-62

Run-Time Logs Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models ONLY)
Byte
15
16-115

Table 3-63

Description
Number of the most current entry
10 Run-time log entries, 10 bytes each (See Table 3-63)

Run-Time Log Entry Format

Byte
0-3

3-60

Description
Number of Macro-Move IDs since this log was reset

Macro-Move ID

Number of entries in Recovery Log when the entry was

made

First Micro-Move ID in the Recovery Log (Table D-1 on

page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)

First Micro-Move Error Code in the Recovery Log

(Table B-10 on page B-32)

Second Micro-Move ID in Recovery Log (Table D-1 on

page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)

Second Micro-Move Error Code in Recovery Log (Table B-10

on page B-32)

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Retry Log Data Format

NOTE

This log is ONLY supported on the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.

Each retry algorithm code byte triggers a specific retry algorithm on the
preceding move command. The byte order is the same order in which the
retry algorithms were run.
Table 3-64

Retry Log Data Format

Byte

Description

Page Code 39H

Reserved = 0

2-3
4-103

Number of bytes to follow

Retry Algorithm Code (Table 3-65 on page 3-62)

104-105

Number of Inline Retries

106-107

Number of Major Retries

The last four bytes may be organized as two 16 bit words. The first word
is the cumulative number of Inline Retries (since the jukebox was built),
and the second word is the cumulative number of Major Retries (since
the jukebox was built). Inline Retries are attempts to move again from
the error position. Major Retries are attempts to move again after a Find
Home command has re-zeroed the unit.

Chapter 3

3-61

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Table 3-45 on page 3-47, with page code 39H.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Table 3-65

Retry Algorithm Codes

Number

Algorithm Name

Type

01H

Find Home and Calibrate

Major

03H

Z-axis Home

Major

04H

FRU Isolation

Major

81H

Mailslot

Inline

91H

Drive 1 Eject

Inline

92H

Drive 2 Eject

Inline

93H

Drive 3 Eject

Inline

94H

Drive 4 Eject

Inline

A1H

Drive 1 Insert

Inline

A2H

Drive 2 Insert

Inline

A3H

Drive 3 Insert

Inline

A4H

Drive 4 Insert

Inline

The number of drives within a unit is model dependent. Refer to

Table 3-24 on page 3-24 for the actual number of drives within a specific
jukebox.

3-62

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Log Sense Command (4DH)

Move History Log Data Format

NOTE

This log is ONLY supported on the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.

Table 3-66

Table 3-67

Move History Log Data Format

Byte

Description

Page Code 3AH

Reserved = 0

2-3

Number of bytes to follow

4-83

6 History Log entries, 8 bytes each (see

Move History Log Entry Format

Byte

Description

Least recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)

Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)

Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)

Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)

Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)

Failed Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)

16

Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-10 on page B-32)

Reserved (0)

Micro-Move IDs are the last moves prior to failure, associated with Bytes
5 and 6.

Chapter 3

3-63

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

This table can bee accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 345 on page 3-47 with page code 3AH.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Move Medium Command (A5H)

Move Medium Command (A5H)

NOTE

This command moves optical disks between library elements.

Table 3-68

Move Medium Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Logical Unit Number (0)

Reserved (0)

Transport Element Address (MSByte)

Transport Element Address (LSByte)

Source Element Address (MSByte)

Source Element Address (LSByte)

Destination Element Address (MSByte)

Destination Element Address (LSByte)

8-9

Reserved (0)

11

Operation Code (A5H)

10

Reserved (0)

Invert

Control Byte (0)

Transport Element
Address
The default address of zero is the best address for use.
(Changing from the default could result in a decrease in
jukebox performance.) However, this field can also be
set to a specific transport element address (see
Table 3-22 on page 3-23).
Source/Destination
Element
Address
See Table 3-22 on page 3-23 in the description of the
Mode Sense Command for more information about
addressing.

3-64

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Move Medium Command (A5H)
Invert

An Invert bit value of 1 requests the transport element

be inverted (flipped) before putting the optical disk into
the destination element.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Chapter 3

3-65

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Exchange Medium Command (A6H)

Exchange Medium Command (A6H)

The optical disk in the source element is moved to the first destination
element and the optical disk that previously occupied the first
destination element is moved to the second destination element.
Table 3-69

Exchange Medium Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Operation Code (A6H)

Logical Unit Number (0)

Reserved (0)

Transport Element Address (MSByte)

Transport Element Address (LSByte)

Source Element Address (MSByte)

Source Element Address (LSByte)

First Destination Element Address (MSByte)

First Destination Element Address (LSByte)

Second Destination Element Address (MSByte)

Second Destination Element Address (LSByte)

10
11

Reserved (0)

Inv2

Inv1

Control Byte (0)

Transport Element
Address
The default address of zero is the best address for use.
(Changing from the default could result in a decrease in
jukebox performance.) However, this field can also be
set to a specific transport element address (see
Table 3-22 on page 3-23).

3-66

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Exchange Medium Command (A6H)

Source/Destination
Element
Address
See Table 3-22 on page 3-23 in description of Mode
Sense Command for more information about
addressing.
An Inv2 bit value of 1 specifies that the optical disk will
be inverted (flipped) prior to being deposited into the
second destination element.

Inv1

An Inv1 bit value of 1 specifies that the optical disk will

be inverted (flipped) prior to being deposited into the
first destination element.

Chapter 3

3-67

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Inv2

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)

Read Element Status Command (B8H)

This command provides the exact status of the various elements
(individual storage slots, mailslot, optical drives, and picker mechanism)
within the library.
Table 3-70

Read Element Status Command CDB

Byte
0
1

Operation Code (B8H)

Logical Unit Number (0)

Reserved (0)

Element Type Code

Starting Element Address (MSByte)

Starting Element Address (LSByte)

Number Of Elements (MSByte)

Number Of Elements (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Allocation Length (MSByte)

Allocation Length (Middle Byte)

Allocation Length (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

Control Byte (0)

Element Type
Code
Specifies the element type(s) to report.
0H - All element types reported
1H - Medium Transport Element (picker)
2H - Storage Element
3H - Import/Export Element (mailslot)
4H - Data Transfer Element (drive)

3-68

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)

Starting Element
Address
Specifies the minimum element address to report.
Number Of
Elements

The number of bytes of element status to return. The

data consists of an 8-byte Element Status Page Header,
followed by one or more Element Status pages.

Read Element Status Data

Read Element Status Data consists of a data header, followed by one or
more Element Status pages.
Table 3-71

Read Element Status Data Header

Byte

First Element Address Reported (MSByte)

First Element Address Reported (LSByte)

Number of Elements Reported (MSByte)

Number of Elements Reported (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Byte Count of Report Available (MSByte)

Byte Count of Report Available (Middle Byte)

Byte Count of Report Available (LSByte)

Byte Count Report

Available
The number of bytes of element status page data
available.

Chapter 3

3-69

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Allocation
Length

Maximum number of elements to report.

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)

Element Type Code 1H - Picker

Medium Transport Element Descriptor Block

Table 3-72
Byte

Element Type Code (1H)

Reserved (0)

Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)

Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)

Element Address (MSByte)

Element Address (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

Except

Reserved
(0)

Full

Reserved (0)
Element Descriptor
Length
The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block
Byte Count of
Descriptor Data
Available
Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements
of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address

The address of the element being reported by this

descriptor block.

Except

When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.

Full

When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.

3-70

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Element Type Code 2H - Storage Slot
Read Element Status Storage Element Descriptor Block

Table 3-73
Byte

Element Type Code (2H)

Reserved (0)

Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)

Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)

Element Address (MSByte)

Element Address (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

Access

Except

Reserved
(0)

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

Full

Reserved (0)
Element Descriptor
Length
The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block
Byte Count of
Descriptor
Data
Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements
of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address

The address of the element being reported by this

descriptor block.

Access

When set to 1, access to the element by the Medium

Transport Element is allowed.

Except

When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.

Full

When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.

Chapter 3

3-71

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Element Type Code 3H - Mailslot
Read Element Status Import/Export Element Descriptor Block

Table 3-74
Byte

Element Type Code (1H)

Reserved (0)

Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)

Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)

Element Address (MSByte)

Element Address (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

11

In- Enab

Ex-Enab

Access

Except

Imp/Exp

Full

Reserved (0)
Element Descriptor
Length
The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block.
Byte Count of
Descriptor Data
Available
Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements
of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address

The address of the element being reported by this

descriptor block.

InEnab

When set to 1, Import to the jukebox is enabled.

ExEnab

When set to 1, Export from the jukebox is enabled.

3-72

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)

Access

When set to 1, access to the element by the Medium

Transport Element is allowed.

Except

When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.

Imp/Exp

When set to 1, the operator inserted the cartridge into

the mailslot.
Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

When set to 0, the jukebox mechanism puts the

cartridge in the mailslot.
Full

Chapter 3

When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.

3-73

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)

Element Type Code 4H - Drive

Table 3-75
Byte

Read Element Status Data Transfer Element Descriptor Block

7

Element Type Code (4H)

Reserved (0)

Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)

Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)

Reserved (0)

Byte Count Of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)

Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)

Element Address (MSByte)

Element Address (LSByte)

10

Reserved (0)

Access

Except

Reserved
(0)

11

Reserved (0)

12

Additional Sense Code (See Table B-2 on page B-4)

13

Additional Sense Code Qualifier (See Table B-2 on page B-4.)

14

Not
Bus

Reserved
(0)

ID
Valid

LU
Valid

Reserved
(0)

15

SCSI Bus Address

16

Reserved (0)

17

SValid

Invert

Full

Logical Unit Number

Reserved (0)

18

Source Storage Element Address (MSByte)

19

Source Storage Element Address (LSByte)

3-74

Chapter 3

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Table 3-75
Byte

Read Element Status Data Transfer Element Descriptor Block

7

Reserved (0)

24-33a

Drive Serial Number (ASCII)

a. These fields are applicable for the 300mx, 600mx, 700mx, 1200mx and 2200mx
models only.
Element Descriptor
Length
The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block.
Byte Count of
Descriptor Data
Available
Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements
of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address

The address of the element being reported by this

descriptor block.

Access

When set to 1, access to the element by the Medium

Transport Element is allowed.

Except

When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.

Information about the abnormal state is available in the
Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code
Qualifier bytes. (See Table B-2 on page B-4)

Full

When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.

Not Bus

When set to 1, the SCSI Bus Address and the Logical

Unit value fields are not on the SCSI Bus used to select
the library.

Chapter 3

3-75

Jukebox SCSI-2 Commands

20-23a

Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set

Read Element Status Command (B8H)

IDValid

When set to 1, the SCSI Bus Address field contains valid

information.

LUValid

When set to 1, the logical unit number field contains

valid information.

Logical Unit
Number

If valid, provides the logical unit number within the

SCSI bus address of the device served by the jukebox at
this element.

SValid

When set to 1, the source storage element address field

and the invert bit information are valid.

Invert

When set to 1, the cartridge in the element was inverted

by a move operation since it was last in the source
storage element.

3-76

Chapter 3

Drive Error Codes

Drive Error Codes

Appendix A

A-1

Drive Error Codes

Chapter Overview

Chapter Overview
This chapter contains the following information:
Request Sense Command sense key values
Request Sense Command additional sense code values
Internal Error Codes
DSP Error Codes

A-2

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Drive Request Sense Command Values

Drive Request Sense Command Values

The Request Sense Command (see Table 2-6 on page 2-10) returns values
for the Sense Key and Additional Sense Code.

Drive Request Sense - Sense Key Values

Table A-1

Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0

Name

Abbrev.

Description

0H

No Sense

NS

The command completed

successfully.

1H

Recovered Error

RE

The last command was

completed successfully
with some recovery action
performed by the drive/
controller.

2H

Not Ready

NR

The drive cannot be

accessed.

3H

Medium Error

ME

The command terminated

with an unrecovered error
condition that was caused
by a optical disk defect.

4H

Hardware Error

HE

The drive/controller
detected a hardware error.

5H

Illegal Request

IR

There was an illegal

parameter in the
command descriptor block
or in the additional
parameters supplied for
some commands.

Appendix A

A-3

Drive Error Codes

Sense
Key

Drive Error Codes

Drive Request Sense Command Values
Table A-1

Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0

Sense
Key

Name

Abbrev.

Description

6H

Unit Attention

UA

The optical disk has been

loaded, the unit has been
reset, or the Mode Select
parameters have been
changed.

7H

Data Protect

DP

A command that writes to

the optical disk cannot be
performed due to the
write-protect condition of
the optical disk writeprotect switch.

8H

Blank Check

BC

A blank sector was

detected during a Read
(Group 0 or 1) or Verify, or
a written sector was
detected during a Write
(Group 0 or 1) or a Write
and Verify command.

0BH

Aborted
Command

AC

Indicates that the drive

aborted the last command.
The initiator may be able
to recover by attempting
the command again.

A-4

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Drive Request Sense Command Values

Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values

Bytes 12 and 13
Table A-2

Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values

Sense
Key

Description

00 00

0H - NS

No Additional Sense Information

03 00

4H - HE

Write Fault, Write Command Failed

04 00

2H - NR

Drive Not Ready

04 01

2H - NR

LUN in Process of Becoming Ready

04 02

2H - NR

LUN Not Ready, Initializing Command

Required

04 04

2H - NR

LUN Not Ready, Format in Progress

09 01

4H - HE

Tracking Servo Failure

09 02

4H - HE

Focus Servo Failure

09 03

4H - HE

Spindle Servo Failure

0C 01

1H - RE

Write Error Recovered with Auto

Reallocation

0C 02

3H - ME

Write Error - Auto Reallocation Failed

10 00

3H - ME

ID CRC or ECC Error

11 00

3H - ME

Unrecovered Read Error

15 00

4H - HE

Random Positioning Error

16 00

3H - ME

Data Synchronization Mark Error

18 00

1H - RE

Recovered Read Data With ECC Procedure

18 01

1H - RE

Recovered Data with Error Correction and

Retries

19 01

1H - RE

Defect List Not Available

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Sense
Code
and
Qualifier

A-5

Drive Error Codes

Drive Request Sense Command Values
Table A-2

Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values

Sense
Code
and
Qualifier

Sense
Key

Description

1A 00

5H - IR

Parameter List Length Error

1B 00

4H - HE

Synchronous Data Transfer Error

1C 00

3H - ME

Defect List Not Found

1C 01

3H - ME

Primary Defect List Not Found

1C 02

3H - ME

Grown Defect List Not Found

20 00

5H - IR

Invalid Command Operation Code

21 00

5H - IR

Logical Block Address out of Range

24 00

5H - IR

Invalid Field In CDB

25 00

5H - IR

LUN Not Supported

26 00

5H - IR

Invalid Parameter List

26 01

5H - IR

Parameter Not Supported

26 02

5H - IR

Parameter Value Invalid

27 00

7H - DP

Write Protected

28 00

6H - UA

Medium Changed

29 00

6H - UA

Power-On, Reset or Bus Device Reset

Occurred

2A 00

6H - UA

Mode Select Parameters Changed

2F 00

6H - UA

Command Cleared by Another Initiator

30 00

3H - ME

Incompatible Cartridge

31 00

3H - ME

Medium Format Corrupted

32 00

3H - ME

No Defect Spare Location Available

32 01

3H - ME

Defect List Update Error

A-6

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Drive Request Sense Command Values
Table A-2

Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values

Sense
Key

Description

39 00

5H - IR

Saving Parameters Not Supported

3A 00

2H - NR

Medium Not Present

3D 00

5H - IR

Invalid Bits in Identify Message

3F 01

6H - UA

Microcode Has Been Changed

40 80

4H - HE

Bias Magnet Failure

40 81

4H - HE

Limited Laser Life

40 84

4H - HE

Temperature Alarm

40 85

4H - HE

Laser Failure, No LD Power

40 86

4H - HE

Read Channel Calibration Error

40 87

4H - HE

Illegal Servo Signal

40 88

4H - HE

Sensor Failure

40 90

4H - HE

DSP Diag Error

40 91

4H - HE

12V Line Failure

40 92

4H - HE

Medium Recognition Error

40 95

4H - HE

Buffer Memory Test Error

40 97

4H - HE

DSP Communication Diag Error

40 98

4H - HE

DSP Download Error

40 99

4H - HE

RAM Diag Error

40 9A

4H - HE

ODC Diag Error

40 9B

4H - HE

Buffer Memory Diag Error

40 9D

4H - HE

Write CAL Error

43 00

BH - AC

Message Error

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Sense
Code
and
Qualifier

A-7

Drive Error Codes

Drive Request Sense Command Values
Table A-2

Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values

Sense
Code
and
Qualifier

Sense
Key

Description

44 00

4H - HE

Internal Target Failure

45 00

BH - AC

Select or Reselect Failure

47 00

BH - AC

SCSI Parity Error

48 00

BH - AC

Initiator Detected Error Message Received

49 00

BH - AC

Invalid Message Error

4E 00

BH - AC

Overlapped Commands Attempted

53 00

4H - HE

Media Load/Eject Failure

53 02

5H - IR

Medium Removal Prevented

92 00

8H - BC

Overwrite Attempted

93 00

8H - BC

Blank Sector Detected

94 00

8H - BC

Written Sector Detected

A-8

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes

Internal Error Codes

NOTE

The XXXX that follows the internal error code refers to the 1 byte dsp/odc
error code where available.

Table A-3

Internal Error Codes

Message

00070000

Medium was changed

00080000

Power on, reset, or bus device reset occurred (5.2 Gb drives)

00080001

Unit Attention: power on reset (9.1 Gb drives)

00080002

SCSI bus reset (9.1 Gb drives)

00080003

SCSI bus device reset message (9.1 Gb drives)

00080004

Autochanger reset (9.1 Gb drives)

00090000

Mode parameter changed

006B0000

Microcode changed

02540000

Queued command cleared by another initiator

012BXXXX

An invalid SCSI message was received

012CXXXX

An invalid bit of Identify message is set to 1

012DXXXX

Parity error was detected while receiving a SCSI message

012EXXXX

A SCSI message was rejected

012FXXXX

The Attention signal was asserted after the Message Out Phase

0130XXXX

A SCSI interface parity error was detected

0131XXXX

The Initiator Detected Error Message was received

0133XXXX

The offset of the synchronous data transfer is too large

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Error
Code
(hex.)

A-9

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes
Table A-3

Internal Error Codes

Error
Code
(hex.)

Message

0134XXXX

The period of the synchronous data transfer is too short

0139XXXX

The Clear Queue message was received

013AXXXX

Initiator does not respond to reselection

013BXXXX

Unusual SCSI controller condition

013CXXXX

Unusual SCSI controller condition

0204XXXX

An invalid microcode data was received

020AXXXX

An invalid operation code was specified

020BXXXX

An invalid LBA range was specified

020CXXXX

An invalid field in CDB was specified

020DXXXX

An invalid parameter list was specified

0210XXXX

Parameter list length is wrong

0211XXXX

The parameter saving function is not supported

0212XXXX

The parameter is not currently saved

0213XXXX

Cartridge eject was prevented

0250XXXX

Attempt to write data to a written sector of a write-once disk

0254XXXX

A queued command is cleared by another initiator

0255XXXX

A command was received for the same ITL (or ITLQ) nexus

026CXXXX

An invalid command for the write-once disk was specified

02B3XXXX

Invalid command when using 14x 512 b/s or 1024 b/s disk

0321XXXX

Loader task ended with an unusual condition

0322XXXX

Sensor failure during loader initialization

0323XXXX

Failed recovery procedure during loader initialization

A-10

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes
Table A-3

Internal Error Codes

Message

0324XXXX

Cartridge loading failed

0327XXXX

Cartridge unloading failed

0417XXXX

The loader is being initialized

0418XXXX

No cartridge is in the drive

041AXXXX

The disk is being spun-up

041BXXXX

The disk is being loaded

041CXXXX

The disk load is complete (not an error)

041DXXXX

The drive is not ready

041EXXXX

A disk is being spun-down

041FXXXX

A disk is being unloaded

0420XXXX

Drive unable to go Ready because of an unknown reason

0425XXXX

The drive is in process of becoming ready

046FXXXX

The drive is in process of formatting a disk

0514XXXX

The Defect List Format is not supported

0515XXXX

The cartridge is write-protected

0528XXXX

Invalid cartridge ID hole

0529XXXX

The medium is not supported

053EXXXX

PDL data is invalid

053FXXXX

SDL data is invalid

0540XXXX

DDS sectors were not found

0541XXXX

PDL sector was not found

0542XXXX

SDL sector was not found

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Error
Code
(hex.)

A-11

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes
Table A-3

Internal Error Codes

Error
Code
(hex.)

Message

0543XXXX

DMA sector cannot be read

0544XXXX

DDS data are invalid

0545XXXX

SFP sector cannot be read

0546XXXX

SFP data is invalid

0547XXXX

Failed in Erase/Blank Check/Write/Read/Compare test after

disk load and spin-up

0548XXXX

Spare area for defective sector is full

0549XXXX

Failed updating DMA sectors

054AXXXX

PEP data is invalid

054BXXXX

Defective sector was recovered with automatic write

reallocation procedure

054CXXXX

Failed in automatic write reallocation procedure

0551XXXX

A blank sector was detected

0577XXXX

Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to ID Error

0578XXXX

Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to uncorrectable

ECC Error

0579XXXX

Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to SYNCH Error

057AXXXX

Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to Servo Fault

Error

057EXXXX

ID Error recovered by retry

057FXXXX

Uncorrectable ECC Error recovered by retry

0580XXXX

SYNCH Error recovered by retry

0581XXXX

Servo Fault Error recovered by retry

A-12

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes
Table A-3

Internal Error Codes

Message

0582XXXX

ID Error reoccurs after retry even after changing ID Error

criteria

0583XXXX

DMA Update failed after Automatic Reallocation

058AXXXX

DMA Update Error condition

0601XXXX

Received error code NN (see Table A-5 on page A-17) from ODC
chip

0664XXXX

An ODC interrupt time out

0669XXXX

A disk type cannot be distinguished (ID Status is CRC=NG)

066AXXXX

A disk type cannot be distinguished (no ODC interrupt)

066DXXXX

SFP sector cannot be read (ID Status is CRC=NG)

0670XXXX

Cannot abort ODC command

0692XXXX

Error Code NN received from the ODC chip

0702XXXX

Received error code NN (see Table A-6 on page A-19) from the
DSP

075CXXXX

Failed downloading DSP code

075EXXXX

DSP request command communication error occurred

0760XXXX

DSP command communication error occurred

0762XXXX

Failed in the ECHO command of DSP

0767XXXX

Target sector cannot be found (time out after SEEK complete)

0774XXXX

Servo failure during write operation

0789XXXX

LPC calibration failed

078BXXXX

ID Offset Calibration failed

078CXXXX

MO Offset Calibration failed

Appendix A

A-13

Drive Error Codes

Error
Code
(hex.)

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes
Table A-3

Internal Error Codes

Error
Code
(hex.)

Message

078DXXXX

VFO Offset Calibration failed

078EXXXX

ID VGA Calibration failed

078FXXXX

MO VGA Calibration failed

0791XXXX

Focus bias calibration failed

07B4XXXX

Read power calibration failed

0957XXXX

Power-on diagnostic time out

0959XXXX

ROM Checksum Error

095AXXXX

Illegal request for DSP Interface task

095FXXXX

Command Parameter Length contradiction to DSP

0961XXXX

Release wait of DSP I/F task

0965XXXX

ODC command was aborted

0968XXXX

Illegal request to Read/Write task

096EXXXX

Parameter Block data is invalid

0A4FXXXX

12V line is not supplied

0A71XXXX

RAM Test Error

0A72XXXX

ODC Test Error

0E03XXXX

Failed updating the flash ROM

0E05XXXX

Failure when updating the Parameter Block

0E56XXXX

Parameter Block Error

A-14

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes

Table A-4

ODC Error Codes

Description

01

ODC command was aborted

08

Search condition does not occur

11

A number of error bytes exceeds the setting value

12

Cannot detect the SYNC

13

Both 11 and 12 error occur

14

A number of the RESYNC mis-detecting exceeds the setting

value

15

Both 11 and 14 occur

16

Both 12 and 14 occur

17

Both 13 and 14 occur

20

Sector Mark (SM) error

21

ID CRC error

22

Cannot detect the SYNC and the first RESYNC

23

DTRG (Data Transfer Read Gate) becomes non-active

before all data of a sector was transferred

24

Uncorrectable error

25

CRC error (uncorrectable)

29

Cannot follow the read data transfer from the drive

31

Cannot follow the write data transfer from the drive

32

Digital Sum Value (DSV) error

34

Written sector is detected

42

Buffer Memory Write/Read/Compare error

Appendix A

A-15

Drive Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes
Table A-4

ODC Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

Description

44

Cannot proceed with error correction because the syndrome

buffer was filled

45

Cannot correct the error bytes within the time of one sector

46

A write data transfer to the encoder was too short

47

A write data transfer to the encoder was too long

48

Unexpected sequence of the error correction occurred

4E

Unexpected interrupt was detected in the ODC chip

4F

Unexpected firmware sequence occurred in the ODC chip

50

Asynchronous interrupt of the DSP was detected

51

Unexpected ID value was detected

52

Both unexpected and expected ID value detected on one

track

54

Target sector was passed before the current position was

detected

57

A detected ID sector number was greater than the

maximum sector number

70

A Parameter List was not prepared

71

A sector number of the Parameter List was greater than the

maximum sector number

72

A sector count of the Parameter List is set to 0 in the W/R/S

73

Undefined condition is set in the DTS, DLS command

7D

Setup command was issued while executing the Identify

operation

7E

A command was issued while executing another command

7F

Undefined command was issued

A-16

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes

Table A-5

ODC Error Codes

Description

01

ODC command was aborted

08

Search condition does not occur

11

A number of error bytes exceeds the setting value

12

Cannot detect the SYNC

13

Both 11 and 12 error occur

14

A number of the RESYNC mis-detecting exceeds the setting

value

15

Both 11 and 14 occur

16

Both 12 and 14 occur

17

Both 13 and 14 occur

20

Sector Mark (SM) error

21

ID CRC error

22

Cannot detect the SYNC and the first RESYNC

23

DTRG becomes non-active before all data of a sector was

transferred

24

Uncorrectable error

25

CRC error (uncorrectable)

29

Cannot follow the read data transfer from the drive

31

Cannot follow the write data transfer from the drive

32

Digital Sum Value (DSV) error

34

Written sector is detected

42

Written sector is detected

Appendix A

A-17

Drive Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

Drive Error Codes

Internal Error Codes
Table A-5

ODC Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

Description

44

Cannot proceed with error correction because the syndrome

buffer was filled

45

Cannot correct the error bytes within the time of one sector

46

A write data transfer to the encoder was too short

47

A write data transfer to the encoder was too long

48

Unexpected sequence of the error correction occurred

4E

Unexpected interrupt was detected in the ODC chip

4F

Unexpected firmware sequence occurred in the ODC chip

50

Asynchronous interrupt of the DSP was detected

51

Unexpected ID value was detected

52

Both unexpected and expected ID value detected on one

track

54

Target sector was passed before the current position was

detected

57

A detected ID sector number was greater than the

maximum sector number

70

A Parameter List was not prepared

71

A sector number of the Parameter List was greater than the

maximum sector number

72

A sector count of the Parameter List is set to 0 in the W/R/S

73

Undefined condition is set in the DTS, DLS command

7D

Setup command was issued while executing the Identify

operation

7E

A command was issued while executing another command

7F

Undefined command was issued

A-18

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

DSP Error Codes

DSP Error Codes

Table A-6

DSP Error Codes

Description

01

Offset measurement failed

09

AC portion of ID signal calibration failure

0B

Read channel vga calibration failure (1X/2X/4X/8X)

0C

Read channel vga calibration failure (1X/2X/4X/8X)

0D

Read channel OST calibration failure (4X/8X)

0E

Read channel MOVGAcalibration failure (1X/2X)

0F

Focus failure (read channel VGA calibration) (1X/2X/4X/

8X)

10

Cannot be arranged (Read channel IDVGA calibration)

(4X/8X)

11

Medium mischuking (FCSFLR)

21

Spindle off aborted

34

Calibration request

41

Drive is not ready

43

Imitation ATT signal caused by ESD

44

Focus failed (ID search)

45

LPC Attention occurred

52

Illegal zone selected (ALTERNATE ZONE)

53

Illegal zone selected (LD READ/PEP)

54

Illegal target zone (SEEK start)

55

Illegal target zone (SEEK One-Track Jump loop)

Appendix A

A-19

Drive Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

Drive Error Codes

DSP Error Codes
Table A-6

DSP Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

Description

56

Illegal target zone (SEEK landing)

57

Illegal next zone (SEEK landing)

58

Illegal zone (ID search)

59

Illegal zone (ID search)

5A

Illegal zone (focus search)

5B

Kick inner area failed

5C

Servo agc time out

61

Focus on failed

62

Focus on aborted

63

Tracking on failed

64

Tracking drive saturation

65

No ID (No SM or CRC=NG) (DON start)

66

No ID (No SM or CRC=NG) (SEEK start)

67

No ID (No SM or CRC=NG) (SEEK landing)

68

Seek slip too much

69

Voice Coil Motor and Multi-Track Jump Seek time out

6A

Seek target is too far for a One Track Jump

6B

Multi-Track Jump is too long

6C

Focus failure

6D

Tracking failure

6E

Low Pull-in

6F

Focus drive saturation

71

Cannot detect PEP signal

A-20

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

DSP Error Codes
Table A-6

DSP Error Codes

Description

72

Focus failed (PEP positioning)

74

Focus failed (searching PEP GAP)

75

Focus failed (searching PEP PA)

76

Focus failed (searching PEP data)

77

Focus on failed (before searching PEP data)

78

No PEP gap found

79

Illegal PEP format found (PEP Postamble)

7A

Illegal PEP format found (PEP data)

7B

PEP decoding byte count error

7C

Invalid PEP SYNC found

7D

No PEP SYNC found

7E

PEP CRC=NG

7F

First and second PEP data compare error

C1

An error occurred in the position sensor

C2

Catastrophic error in the bias magnet

C4

R/C revision error

C9

No laser diode power

CA

Assert write fault for controller debug

CF

Temperature alarm

D1

Illegal address selected

D3

Invalid command

D4

Communication failure

E1

Spindle Lock time out (drive on)

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

A-21

Drive Error Codes

DSP Error Codes
Table A-6

Table A-7

DSP Error Codes

Code
(hex.)

Description

E2

Spindle off failed

E3

Medium mischuking (Spindle On Failure)

E4

Tracking failure for certifier

E5

Spindle lock time out

E6

Focus failure for certifier

F3

E/AR/C Serial Write Block = NG

F4

E/A LPC Serial Write Block = NG

F5

E/A R/C Serial Read Block = NG

Terms Used In the Tables

Acronym
or
Term
Used

Meaning

ATT

Attention Signal

CDB

Command Descriptor Block

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

DDS

Disk Definition Standard

DMA

Defect Management Area

DON

Drive On

DSP

Digital Signal Processor

DSV

Digital Sum Value

DTRG

D Trigger Signal

ITL

Initiator Target and Logical Unit

A-22

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

DSP Error Codes
Table A-7

Terms Used In the Tables

Meaning

ITLAQ

Initiator Target and Logical Unit and Queue Tag

LBA

Logical Block Address

NG

No Good

ODC

Optical Drive Controller

PA

Postamble

PEP

Phase-Encoded Part

PDL

Primary Defect List

RESYNC

Resynchronization pattern

SDL

Secondary Defect List

SM

Sector Mark

SFP

Standard Format Part

SYNC

Synchronization pattern

VCM

Voice Coil Motor

VGA

Variable Gain Adjust

VFO

Variable Frequency Oscillator

Appendix A

Drive Error Codes

Acronym
or
Term
Used

A-23

Drive Error Codes

DSP Error Codes

A-24

Appendix A

Autochanger Error Codes

Autochanger Error Codes

Appendix B

B-1

Autochanger Error Codes

Chapter Overview

Chapter Overview
This chapter contains the following autochanger error code tables:
Request Sense Codes
Request Sense Maps
Hardware Error Codes
Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Failure Type Codes
Diagnostic Tests
An error code can be reported through the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Request Sense Command (03H), or through the control panel.
NOTE

See Appendix C for a list of field replaceable units for the each of the
jukebox models.

B-2

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Request Sense Error Codes

Request Sense Error Codes

This section identifies each of the error responses for the autochanger
"Request Sense Command (03H)", Table 3-5 on page 3-8.
Table B-1

Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0

Name

Abbrev.

Description

0H

No Sense

NS

The command completed

successfully.

1H

Recovered
Error

RE

The last command was

completed successfully with
some recovery action
performed by the
autochanger/controller.

2H

Not Ready

NR

The autochanger cannot be

accessed.

3H

Medium Error

ME

The command terminated

with an unrecovered error
condition that was caused by
a optical disk defect.

4H

Hardware
Error

HE

The autochanger/controller
detected a hardware error.

5H

Illegal Request

IR

There was an illegal

parameter in the command
descriptor block or in the
additional parameters
supplied for some commands.

6H

Unit Attention

UA

The optical disk has been

loaded, the unit has been
reset, or the Mode Select
parameters have been
changed.

Appendix B

B-3

Autochanger Error Codes

Sense
Key

Autochanger Error Codes

Request Sense Error Codes
Table B-1

Table B-2

Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0

Sense
Key

Name

Abbrev.

Description

0BH

Aborted
Command

AC

This sense key shall be

reported if a target or LUN
receives a second command
from the same initiator
before the previous command
from that initiator has
completed.

Request Sense Data (bytes 12 and 13)

Sense
Code
and
Qualifier

Sense
Key

Description

00 00H

0H-NS

No additional sense information

00 00H

1H-RE

Error recovered invoked and completed

(Table B-6 on page B-14)

04 00H

0B-AC

Aborted command (boot code)

04 01H

2H-NR

Autochanger becoming ready

04 02H

2H-NR

Unit must first initiate element status

04 03H

2H-NR

Fatal error - unit must be corrected

manually

04 88H

02-NR

Firmware download needed (boot code)

04 89H

4H-HE

Download checksum error

15 01H

4H-HE

Move error (Check additional sense bytes)

(Table B-6 on page B-14)

1A 00H

5H-IR

Invalid parameter list length

20 00H

5H-IR

Unsupported command

21 01H

5H-IR

Invalid address - (Table B-3 on page B-7)

B-4

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Request Sense Error Codes
Table B-2

Request Sense Data (bytes 12 and 13)

Sense
Key

Description

22 00H

5H-IR

Unsupported command

22 80H

5H-IR

Drive is not online

24 00H

5H-IR

Illegal field in CDB

25 00H

5H-IR

Invalid LUN

26 00H

5H-IR

Invalid parameter list

29 00H

6H-UA

Power on sense or bus reset

2A 80H

6H-UA

Online repair parameters

2F 00H

0BH-AC

Command cleared by initiator

3F 01H

06H-UA

Microcode has been changed

3B 0DH

5H-IR

Element full - (Table B-4 on page B-7)

3B 0EH

5H-IR

Source empty - (Table B-4 on page B-7)

3D 00H

5H-IR

Invalid identify message in

3F 03

06-UA

Inquiry data has changed

40 80H

4H-HE

Diagnostic failure (Table B-6 on page B-14)

42 00H

4H-HE

Poweron selftest failure

43 00H

OB-AC

Message parity error

44 00H

4H-HE

Internal target error

45 00H

0B-AC

Reselection timeout error

47 00H

0B-AC

Parity error

48 00H

0B-AC

Initiator detected error

4B 00H

0B-AC

Bus protocol error - data phase error

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Sense
Code
and
Qualifier

B-5

Autochanger Error Codes

Request Sense Error Codes
Table B-2

Request Sense Data (bytes 12 and 13)

Sense
Code
and
Qualifier

Sense
Key

Description

4E 00H

0B-AC

Bus protocol error (second command sent

early)

53 00H

5H-IR

Media load or eject failed

53 02H

5H-IR

Medium removal prevented

53 82H

5H-IR

Medium removal prevented on drive

55 00H

2H-NR

Transaction queue is full

B-6

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Request Sense Error Codes

Table B-3

Table B-4

Invalid Address: Sense Code 2IH

Field Pointer

Description

00

Invalid element address

02

Invalid transport element

04

Invalid source element

06

Invalid destination element

08

Invalid second destination element

Element Full/Empty: Sense Code 3BH

Description

02

Transport full

04

Source empty

06

Destination full/empty

08

Second destination full

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Field Pointer

B-7

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery

Additional Sense Data Format for Error

Recovery
For all models, EXCEPT 40fx and 80ex.
Below is a description of the 60 Additional Sense Bytes returned during
the Data In Phase of the Request Sense Command (03H), (Table 3-6 on
page 3-9) from the autochanger. The overall layout of the data is
presented first, followed by a description of each byte.
Table B-5

Request Sense - Additional Sense Data

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)

Byte

18

Reserved (0)

19

Hardware Error Code (Table B-7 on page B-19)

20

First FRU (Table A-1 on page A-2)

21

Second FRU (Table A-1 on page A-2)

22

Third FRU (Table A-1 on page A-2)

23

Move Command Attempted

24-25

Source Element Number

26-27

Destination Element Number

28-29

Second Destination Element Number

30-34

Micro-Move ID History (Table C-1 on page C-2)

35

Failed Micro-Move ID (Table C-1 on page C-2)

36

Micro-Move Error Code

37

Active
Picker

38-39

Vertical Motor Commanded Position

Active
Thumb

B-8

Reserved (0)

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Table B-5

Request Sense - Additional Sense Data

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
7

40-41

Vertical Motor Actual Position

42-43

Plunge Motor Commanded Position

44-45

Plunge Motor Actual Position

46-47

Translate Motor Commanded Position

48-49

Translate Motor Actual Position

50-53

Odometer

54

Move
Cap

Last
SCSI

55

Valid

56

Reserved (0)

Cart 16

Cart 17

Reserved (0)

Reservd
(0)

Cart
Tran

Cart
Elem

Reserved (0)

Valid

Reservd
(0)

Cart
Tran

Cart
Elem

Reserved (0)

57

Valid

Reservd
(0)

Cart
Tran

Cart
Elem

Reserved (0)

58-77

Reserved (0)

Autochanger Error Codes

Byte

Hardware Error
Code
Determined by fault isolation, this error code indicates
the cause of the failure. The values of the Hardware
Error Codes are in Table B-7 on page B-19.
First FRU

The most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of

the failure. (See Table A-1 on page A-2)

Second FRU

The second most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the

cause of the failure. (See Table A-1 on page A-2.)

Third FRU

The third most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the

cause of the failure. (Table A-1 on page A-2.)

Appendix B

B-9

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery

NOTE

The FRU numbers returned are indicators for the most likely cause of an
error, but may not be the actual cause of a problem. Simply changing the
FRU listed may or may not fix the associated problem.
Move Command
Attempted
0 - Exchange
1 - Move
2 - Seek
3 - Initialize Element
4 - Rezero
5 - Rotate Mailslot
6 - Restore
7 - Passthru
Source Element
Number
The Element Number to which the source refers.
Destination
Element
Number
Second
Destination
Number
Micro-Move
ID History

Failed MicroMove ID
Micro-Move
Error Code
Active Picker

B-10

The Element Number to which the destination refers.

The Element Number to which the second destination

refers.
The last five autochanger Micro-Move IDs for the
original movement command prior to the failure. (See
Table C-1 on page C-2.)
Actual micro-move that failed. (See Table C-1 on
page C-2)
The error code associated with the failed Micro-Move
ID. (See Table B-10 on page B-321.)
This bit signifies which side of the disk transport
mechanism is active: 1= top, 0= bottom.

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Active Thumb This bit signifies which thumb is active: 0 = north, 1 =
south.
Vertical Motor
Commanded
Position
The position to which the vertical motor was
commanded.
Vertical Motor
Actual
Position
The actual position of the vertical motor.
Plunge Motor
Commanded
Position

Autochanger Error Codes

Plunge Motor
Actual
Position

The position to which the plunge motor was

commanded.

The actual position of the plunge motor.

Translate Motor
Commanded
Position
The position to which the translate motor was
commanded.
Translate Motor
Actual
Position
The actual position of the translate motor.
Odometer

The move odometer.

Mechanism State
Bit Map
(Byte 54)
The state of the jukebox after the termination of the
retry or recovery algorithms. This byte is bit mapped
from least significant bit to most significant bit as
follows:
7 - Move Capability 1=The jukebox is capable of
performing movement commands.
6 - Last SCSI State 1=The jukebox returned cartridges
to the state they were in prior to the failed command.
5-4 Reserved

Appendix B

B-11

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery

3 - Cartridge in Transport 16 1=a cartridge is in the

transport 16 mechanism. If the cartridge wasn't
replaced after a failure, the appropriate Element Bit
Map will indicate which cartridge is in the transport.
2 - Cartridge in Transport 17 1=a cartridge is in the
transport 17 mechanism. If the cartridge wasn't
replaced after a failure, the appropriate Element Bit
Map will indicate which cartridge is in the transport.
1-0 Reserved
Source Element
Bit Map
(Byte 55)
Status of the cartridge in the specified Source Element
of the Move or Exchange command after the failure or
retry, as well as the status of the element itself, as
shown below:
7 - Valid 1 = the values in this byte and the Element
Number byte are valid.
6 - Reserved
5 - Cartridge in Transport 1 = the cartridge originally in
this element is still in the transport.
4 - Cartridge in Element 1 = after all recovery
algorithms have been exhausted, the cartridge being
moved from this element remained in this element.
3-0 Reserved

B-12

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery

Destination 1 Element
Bit Map
(Byte 56)
Indicates the status of the element that was the First
Destination of the Exchange command after the failure
or retry of the command.
7 - Valid 1= the values in this byte and the Element
Number are valid.
6 - Reserved
5 - Cartridge in Transport 1 = the cartridge originally in
this element is still in the transport.
4 - Cartridge in Element 1 = after all recovery
algorithms have been exhausted, the cartridge being
moved from this element remained in this element.

Destination 2 Element
Bit Map
(Byte 57)
Indicates the status of the element that was the
Destination Element of a move or Second Destination of
the Exchange command after the failure or retry of the
command.
7 - Valid 1 = the values in this byte and the Element
Number are valid.
6 - Reserved
5 - Cartridge in Transport 1 = the cartridge being moved
to this element is still in the transport.
4 - Cartridge in Element 1 = the cartridge being moved
to this element is in this element after all recovery
algorithms have been exhausted.
3-0 Reserved

Appendix B

B-13

Autochanger Error Codes

3-0 Reserved

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery

Table B-6

Request Sense - Additional Sense Data

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)

Byte

18

Move Error (Table B-9 on page B-29)

19

Hardware Error Code (Table B-8 on page B-22)

20

First FRU (Table A-2 on page A-4)

21

Second FRU (Table A-2 on page A-4)

22

Third FRU (Table A-2 on page A-4)

23

MvCap

24-25

Reserved (0)

26

DInRty

27

Retry Count

28-29

Reserved (0)

30

DInRty

31

Recovery Count

32-34

Reserved (0)

35

Valid

36-37

Source Element Number

38

Valid

39-40

Destination Element Number

41

Valid

42-43

Secondary Source Element Number

44

Valid

45-46

Second Destination Element Number

Last

DEjRty

DEjRty

ErrEn

ErrEn

ErrEn

ErrEn

B-14

Rsvd
(0)

PosLost

CartIn

PkrRec

CarAssy

Reserved (0)

BFHm

FHR

PkrRec

CarAssy

Reserved (0)

BFHm

FHR

CartIn

CartEl

UnexpMt

UnexpFl

CartInv

ElRty

CartEl

UnexpMt

UnexpFl

CartInv

ElRty

CartEl

UnexpMt

UnexpFl

CartInv

ElRty

UnexpMt

UnexpFl

CartInv

ElRty

CartIn

CartIn

CartIn

CartEl

Reserved (0)

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Table B-6

Request Sense - Additional Sense Data

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)

47-49

Reserved (0)

50-54

Micro-Move ID History (Table C-2 on page C-17)

55

Failed Micro-Move ID (Table C-2 on page C-17)

56

Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-11 on page B-36)

57-60

Vertical Motor Commanded Position

61-64

Vertical Motor Actual Position

65-68

Horizontal Motor Commanded Position

69-72

Horizontal Motor Actual Position

73-77

Reserved (0)
Move Error
Code

The movement that was being performed when the

error occurred. The values of the Move Error Codes are
in Table B-9 on page B-29.

Hardware Error
Code
Determined by fault isolation, this error code indicates
the cause of the failure. The values of the Hardware
Error Codes are in Table B-8 on page B-22.

NOTE

First FRU

The most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of

the failure. (See Table A-2 on page A-4)

Second FRU

The second most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the

cause of the failure. (See Table A-2 on page A-4.)

Third FRU

The third most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the

cause of the failure. (See Table A-2 on page A-4.)

The FRU numbers returned are indicators for the most likely cause of an
error, but may not be the actual cause of a problem. Simply changing the
FRU listed may or may not fix the associated problem.

Appendix B

B-15

Autochanger Error Codes

Byte

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
MvCap

A Move Capable bit of 1 indicates the AC is capable of

performing move commands.

LastSCSI

A Last bit of 1 indicates the AC has successfully

returned the cartridges to the state they were in before
the failed command was executed.

PosLost

A Position Lost bit of 1 indicates the AC cannot

calibrate the mechanism and has lost position of the
picker.

CartIn

A Cartridge in Transport bit of 1 indicates a cartridge is

in the picker mechanism.

DInRty

A Drive Insert Retry bit of 1 indicates that more than

one attempt was needed to insert the cartridge into the
drive. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry
algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to Recovery
algorithm.).

DEjRty

A Drive Eject Retry bit of 1 indicates that more than one

attempt was needed to eject the cartridge from the
drive. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry
algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to Recovery
algorithm.)

PkrRec

A Picker Retracted bit of 1 indicates the picker fingers

were fully retracted after a failure. (For Byte 26, this
attempt refers to Retry algorithm and for Byte 30 it
refers to Recovery algorithm.)

CarAssy

A Horizontal Carriage Locked bit of 1 indicates the

picker fingers were fully retracted after a failure and
the translate pin is engaged. (For Byte 26, this attempt
refers to Retry algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to
Recovery algorithm.)

B-16

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery

BFHm

A Bad Find Home bit of 1 indicates the Find Home

algorithm was started while the optical sensors were
inoperable. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry
algorithm.)

FHR

A Find Home Recalibration bit of 1 Find Home

algorithm was invoked to recalibrate the mechanism
(For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry algorithm and
for Byte 30 it refers to Recovery algorithm).

Retry Count

The total number of retry attempts that were

performed.

Recovery Count The total number of recovery attempts that were

performed.
A "0" indicates that this and the next two bytes contain
invalid data. Valid in bytes 41 and 44 are only set
during the Exchange Medium Command.

ErrEn

An Error Encountered bit of 1 indicates an error

occurred while the picker was enroute to this element.

CartEl

A Cartridge in Element bit of 1 indicates the cartridge

associated with this move is in this element.

UnexpMt

An Element Unexpected Empty bit of 1 indicates this

element was unexpectedly empty.

UnexpFl

An Element Unexpected Full bit of 1 indicates this

element was unexpectedly full.

CartInv

A Cartridge Inverted bit of 1 indicates the cartridge is

inverted from its state before the operation began.

ElRty

An Element Required Retry bit of 1 indicates an

operation in or out of this element required one or more
retries.

Source Element
Number
The Element Number to which the Source Element Bit
Map (Byte 35) refers.
Destination Element
Number
The Element Number to which the Destination Element
Bit Map (Byte 38) refers.

Appendix B

B-17

Autochanger Error Codes

Valid

Autochanger Error Codes

Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery

Secondary Source
Element
Number
The Element Number to which the Secondary Source
Element Bit Map (Byte 41) refers.
Second Destination
Element
Number
The Element Number to which the Second Destination
Element Bit Map (Byte 44) refers.
Micro-Move
ID History

Failed MicroMove ID
Micro-Move
Error Code

The last five autochanger Micro-Move IDs for the

original movement command prior to the failure. (See
Table C-2 on page C-17.)
Actual micro-move that failed. (See Table C-2 on page
C-17)
The error code associated with the failed Micro-Move
ID. (See Table 5-11 on page 5-35.)

Vertical Motor
Commanded
Position
The position to which the vertical motor was
commanded.
Vertical Motor
Actual
Position
The actual position of the vertical motor.
Horizontal Motor
Commanded
Position
The position to which the horizontal motor was
commanded.
Horizontal Motor
Actual
Position
The actual position of the horizontal motor.

B-18

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes

Hardware Errors are reported through the Request Sense Command
(03H), (Byte 19, Table 5-6 on page 5-14), the Log Sense Command (4DH),
and the Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH), (Byte 1, Table 3-30
on page 3-34).
If an error is unrecoverable (i.e., something is broken or jammed beyond
recovery without manual intervention), the Autochanger will take an
additional step of attempting to identify the FRU that is causing the
failure.

Up to three FRUs will be returned to aide service in replacement priority.

NOTE

The FRU numbers returned are indicators for the most likely cause of an
error, but may not be the actual cause of a problem. Simply changing the
FRU listed may or may not fix the associated problem.

Table B-7

Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models only)

Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

01

ROM checksum error

02

Register error

03

Microprocessor error

04

Controlled area of RAM checksum error

05

RAM test error

06

SCSI chip error

07

Jukebox controller chip error

0F

Configuration module failure

Appendix B

B-19

Autochanger Error Codes

A routine that performs a process of elimination for various FRUs runs

automatically. It attempts to isolate the error to three or less FRUs. If no
error can be found (or if error recovery was made), the unit will return a
No Error status. If an error is found, a Hardware Error Code is returned
when the command completes.

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-7

Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models only)

Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

11

Drive serial communications failure

1E

Translate motor error

1F

Vertical motor error

10

Drive configuration error

20

Plunge motor error

28

Mailslot sensor error

2B

Top thumb sensor error

2C

Bottom thumb sensor error

32

Invalid test number

33

Invalid configuration

34

Need to initialize element status

35

Exercise test failed

36

Elements reserved

38

Test can only be run from SCSI

39

Unable to run test

3C

Move to

3D

Flip

3E

Translate

3F

Put magazine in

40

Get magazine out

41

Test magazine

42

Put drive in

43

Get drive out

B-20

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-7

Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models only)

Failure Description

44

Test drive

45

Put mailslot in

46

Get mailslot out

47

Test mailslot

48

Rotate mailslot in

49

Rotate mailslot out

4A

Test picker

4B

Switch active picker

4C

Restore picker

4D

Find translate home

4E

Find vertical home

4F

Find plunge home

50

Clear flip area

51

Clear magazine path

52

Clear drive path

53

Clear mailslot path

5B

Finish switch picker

5C

Wait plunge

5D

Wait vertical

5E

Powerfail clear path

5F

Powerfail restore cartridges

60

Repeater controller

61

External SCSI cables

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

B-21

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes

Table B-8

Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

JUKEBOX CONTROLLER PCA ERROR CODES

00

No error

01

ROM checksum error

03

RAM test error

04

Microprocessor test error

05

Controlled area of RAM checksum error a

06

Illegal interrupt encountered by microprocessor

07

Illegal CPU exception encountered by microprocessor

09

Firmware error

SCSI INTERFACE-SPECIFIC ERROR CODES

0B

SCSI controller register error

0C

SCSI controller IC's RAM failed

0D

SCSI controller message error

0E

SCSI controller command error

0F

SCSI controller kill error

10

SCSI controller FIFO error

11

SCSI controller target sequence error

12

SCSI controller command sequence error

13

SCSI controller status sequence error

LOOPBACK ERROR CODES

18

SCSI connector loopback error in DBO or I/O

B-22

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8

Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Failure Description

19

SCSI connector loopback error in DB1 or C/D

1A

SCSI connector loopback error in DB2 or MSG

1B

SCSI connector loopback error in DB3 or REQ

1C

SCSI connector loopback error in DB4 or ACK

1D

SCSI connector loopback error in DB5 or ATN

1E

SCSI connector loopback error in DB6 or SEL

1F

SCSI connector loopback error in DB7 or BSY

20

SCSI connector loopback error in DBP or RST

MULTIFUNCTION PERIPHERAL IC ERROR CODES

29

RS-232 loopback data did not match what was sent (not
supported)

2A

Timed out waiting for RS-232 loopback data (not

supported)

2B

Timer A did not count down as expected (not supported)

MOTOR CONTROL IC ERROR CODES

2C

Failed read\write test to Motor control IC

2D

Motor control IC loopback test failed

2E

Motor control IC RAM test failed

POWER SUPPLY ERROR CODES

33

Low voltage power supply failed

34

High voltage power supply failed

DRIVE CONNECT ERROR CODES

38

Drive 1 not connected

Appendix B

B-23

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8

Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

39

Drive 2 not connected

3A

Drive 3 not connected

3B

Drive 4 not connected

MECHANISM ERROR CODES

3CH

Unspecified mechanical failure

3EH

Unspecified servo failure

40H

Unable to free the Picker fingers in preparation for

Carriage motion

41H

Unable to verify that the Picker is at the Home position

during Find Home sequence (non-leadscrew side)

42H

Unable to find Home; Cartridge-in-path sensor blocked

43H

Unable to clear Cartridge-in-path sensors by moving

Picker fingers back

44H

Carriage motion failure during Find Home sequence

45H

Unable to free the Picker fingers in preparation for

translate motion

46H

Carriage motion failed while initializing Home position

during Find Home sequence

47H

Translate failed while moving towards non-leadscrew

side during Find Home sequence

48H

Carriage motion failed during Carriage/Picker assembly

calibration (leadscrew side)

49H

Carriage motion failed during Carriage/Picker assembly

calibration (non-leadscrew side)

4AH

Motion error while determining orientation of the Picker

B-24

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8

Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Failure Description

4BH

No sensor found (V4.2 code only)

4CH

Failed flip motion during the Find Home sequence (V4.5

code)

4DH

Motion error while checking for cartridge in the Picker

4EH

Unable to measure height of sensor on left side

4FH

Unable to measure height of sensor on right side

50H

Excessive tilt of the Carriage/Picker assembly (away

from the drives)

51H

Excessive tilt of the Carriage/Picker assembly (toward

the drives)

52H

Excessive cone angle on Picker

53H

Excessive stack tilt

54H

Unable to complete an interrupted move at power up

EXERCISER TEST ERROR CODES

55H

Unable to find top of unit

56H

Need to issue Initialize Element Status Command

57H

Invalid test configuration

59H

Exerciser unrecovered error

5AH

Invalid test configuration (elements reserved)

5BH

Initialize Element Status command failed

5CH

Shipping Diagnostic run with cartridges in the

mechanism

CALIBRATION SENSOR SYSTEM ERRORS

Appendix B

B-25

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8

Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

60H

Optical sensor failed (leadscrew side - near drives)

61H

Optical sensor failed (non-leadscrew side - near drives)

62H

Optical sensor failed (leadscrew side - near mailslot)

63H

Optical sensor failed (non-leadscrew side - near mailslot)

CARTRIDGE-IN-PATH (CIP) SENSOR SYSTEM ERRORS

64H

Intermittent CIP sensor beam (leadscrew side)

65H

Intermittent CIP sensor beam (non-leadscrew side)

66H

Path physically blocked (leadscrew side)

67H

Path physically blocked (non-leadscrew side)

6BH

CIP LED failed (leadscrew side)

6CH

CIP LED failed (non-leadscrew side)

6DH

CIP sensor failed (leadscrew side)

6EH

CIP sensor failed (non-leadscrew side)

6FH

CIP sensor system failed

MAILSLOT/STORAGE SLOT ERROR CODES

B0H

Mailslot will not rotate

B1H

Inside Mailslot sensor failed

B2H

Mailslot will not accept or release cartridge

B3H

Storage slot will not accept or release cartridge

B4H

Outside Mailslot sensor failed

DRIVE ERROR CODES

B8H

B-26

Drive #1 access error

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8

Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

B9H

Drive #2 access error

BAH

Drive #3 access error

BBH

Drive #4 access error

SOLENOID ERROR CODES

Drive #1 access failure; possible solenoid failure

BDH

Drive #2 access failure; possible solenoid failure

BEH

Drive #3 access failure; possible solenoid failure

BFH

Drive #4 access failure; possible solenoid failure

Autochanger Error Codes

BCH

FRU DETECTION TEST ERROR CODES

C8H

Unable to gain proper servo control of the motors

C9H

Unable to move the Picker motor

CAH

Unable to move the Carriage motor

CBH

Unable to move either motor

CCH

Unable to find a hard stop while turning the Picker

motor

CDH

Unable to find a hard stop while turning the Carriage

motor

CEH

Excessive force required to move the Carriage leadscrew

MISCELLANEOUS ERROR CODES

D0H

Find magazine edge failed

D1H

Unexpected mailslot empty

FCH

The test can only be run from the Front Panel

FDH

The test can only be run from the SCSI interface

Appendix B

B-27

Autochanger Error Codes

Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8

Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

FEH

The test did not run, probably a configuration error

FFH

Invalid test number

a. For further explanation, refer to the next section "Additional Descriptions of

Hardware Error Codes."

B-28

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Autochanger Move Error Codes

Autochanger Move Error Codes

NOTE

These error codes ONLY apply to the model 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
jukeboxes.
Move Errors are reported through byte 18 of the Additional Sense Bytes
Request Sense Command (03H) in Table 5-6 on page 5-14.

Table B-9

Autochanger Move Error Codes

Failure Description

00

Failure occurred before any servo-controlled motions

were attempted during Poweron Selftest.

02

Failure while Picker is not moving.

04

Failure while moving the Carriage/Picker assembly

away from drives.

06

Failure while moving the Carriage/Picker assembly

toward drives.

08

Failure while flipping the Picker.

0A

Failure while translating the Picker assembly.

0E

Failure while moving the Picker fingers back in

preparation to translate.

10

Failure while moving the Picker fingers to engage the

cartridge from the source storage element.

12

Failure while moving the Picker fingers back to

remove the cartridge from the source storage element.

18

Failure while moving the Picker fingers forwards to

insert a cartridge in the destination storage element.

1A

Failure while moving the Picker fingers back after

inserting a cartridge in the destination storage slot.

Appendix B

B-29

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Autochanger Error Codes

Autochanger Move Error Codes
Table B-9

Autochanger Move Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

20

Failure while moving the Picker fingers forwards to

engage the cartridge ejected from the drive (source).

22

Failure while moving the Picker fingers back to

remove the cartridge from the drive (source).

28

Failure while moving the Picker fingers forwards to

insert the cartridge into the drive (destination).

2A

Failure while moving the Picker fingers back after

inserting a cartridge into the drive (destination).

30

Failure while moving the Picker fingers forward to

engage the cartridge in the mailslot (source).

32

Failure while moving the Picker fingers back to

remove the cartridge from the mailslot (source).

38

Failure while moving the Picker fingers forward to

insert the cartridge in the mailslot (destination).

3A

Failure while moving the Picker fingers back after

inserting the cartridge in the mailslot (destination).

40

Failure while rotating the mailslot actuator inward.

42

Failure to ensure that the mailslot rotated inward.

48

Failure while rotating the mailslot actuator outward.

4A

Failure to ensure that the mailslot rotated outward.

50

Failure while the finding the home position.

52

Failure while calibrating the Carriage/Picker

assembly.

60

Initializing element status failed while testing an

element with a cartridge in the Picker assembly.

80

Failure to remove a cartridge from a source element.

B-30

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Autochanger Move Error Codes
Table B-9

Autochanger Move Error Codes

Failure Description

84

Failure to leave a cartridge properly in a destination

element.

88

An obstruction was encountered before the cartridge

had been inserted the proper distance.

90

Source element unexpectedly empty.

94

Destination element unexpectedly full.

A0

Front mailslot sensor failed.

A2

Inside mailslot sensor failed.

A4

Drive light stuck on.

B0

Door interlock open.

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

B-31

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes

Micro-Move Errors are reported through bytes 50-55 in the additional
sense bytes (Table 5-6 on page 5-14) of the Request Sense Command
(03H) and the "Log Sense Command (4DH)" with page code 33H. (See
Table 3-45 on page 3-47.)
NOTE

For all models EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx.

Table B-10

Micro-Move Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

00

No error

01

Vertical over voltage exceeded limit set by firmware

02

Vertical over force exceeded limit set by firmware

03

Vertical servo error

04

Vertical timeout

05

Vertical open path

06

Vertical closed path

0A

Plunge over voltage exceeded limit set by firmware

0B

Plunge over force exceeded limit set by firmware

0C

Plunge servo error

0D

Plunge timeout

0E

Plunge open path

0F

Plunge closed path

10

Top picker expected to be active picker in plunge.

Runtime.

B-32

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-10

Micro-Move Error Codes

Failure Description

11

Bottom picker expected to be active picker in plunge.

Runtime.

12

Bottom thumb expected to be active in plunge home.

Powerup.

13

Top thumb expected to be active in plunge home.

Powerup.

14

Translate over voltage error.

15

Translate over force error.

16

Translate servo error.

1A

Vertical open loop

1B

No load complete

1C

Translate open loop

1E

No load complete

1F

Unexpected load complete

20

Unexpected cartridge in drive

21

No cartridge in drive

22

Drive put in accept failed

23

Drive get out accept failed

24

Drive eject failed

25

Drive insert failed

26

Drive eject retry

27

Drive insert retry

28

Clear drive path

29

Drive signal (not used)

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

B-33

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-10

Micro-Move Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

2A

Drive not connected

32

Magazine put in saturate failed

33

Magazine get out saturate failed

34

Magazine put in accept failed

35

Magazine get out accept failed

36

Magazine measure failed

37

Test magazine failed

38

Return magazine failed

39

Clear magazine path

3C

Mailslot put in saturate failed

3D

Mailslot get out saturate failed

3E

Mailslot put in accept failed

3F

Mailslot get out accept failed

40

Measurement of mailslot depth failed

41

Recovery did not clear vertical path.

42

Rotate mailslot in failed

43

Rotate mailslot out failed

46

Flipped too far

47

Did not flip far enough

48

Flip side incorrect

50

Failed to finish a translate

51

Extra force needed to translate

B-34

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-10

Micro-Move Error Codes

Failure Description

5A

Command received to rotate mailslot but both pickers

are full

5B

Back sensor in mailslot is bad

5C

Front sensor in mailslot is bad

5D

Command received to eject from the mailslot, but both

pickers are full

5E

Attempt to load from an empty mailslot

5F

Engaging the mailslot failed on a rotate in

60

Disengaging the mailslot failed on a rotate in

61

Rotate in catch error (not used)

62

Rotate in push out error (not used)

63

Rotate in armed failed (not used)

64

Did not detect hard stop on a rotate in

65

Rotate in was too much distance

66

Engaging the mailslot failed on a rotate out

67

Disengaging the mailslot failed on a rotate out

68

Did not detect hard stop on a rotate out

69

Rotate out distance was too short

6A

Could not move thumbs out of the vertical path after a

rotate out

6B

Vertical distance difference detected after error

recovery

6C

Cartridge in mailslot incorrectly at rotate in

6D

Mailslot rotate in accept fail

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

B-35

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-10

Table B-11

Micro-Move Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Failure Description

6E

Test failed

Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)

Description

No error

Carriage motor drive voltage exceeded limit set by

firmware.

Carriage motor overcurrent detected by hardware.

Carriage motor force exceeded limit set by firmware.

Picker motor drive voltage exceeded limit set by

firmware.

Picker motor overcurrent detected by hardware.

Picker motor force exceeded limit set by firmware.

Low power supply during motion.

High power supply during motion.

Move stopped because cartridge-in-path beam blocked.

Cartridge not detected by cartridge-in-path beam.

Carriage motor not tracking properly.

Picker motor not tracking properly.

Carriage motor measured voltage less than expected.

Picker motor measured voltage less than expected.

10

Find origin failed.

11

Calibrate failed.

B-36

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-11

Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Description

12

Diagnose FRU failed.

13

Initial recovery failed.

14

Find home failed.

15

Picker initialization failed.

16

Cartridge-in-path beams are blocked.

20

Failed to find hard stop at end of flip.

22

Failed to see sensor close at the end of translate.

23

Failed to move to the vertical position needed to

engage the translate pin.

24

Failed to see sensor close at the start of translate.

25

Failed to see height sensor re-open after closing at the

start of a translate.

28

The translate distance was too long.

29

The translate distance was too short.

31

Failed while checking for cartridge in a drive.

32

Failed to find a hard stop returning cartridge to

storage after testing for presence of cartridge.

33

Failed while checking for cartridge in a storage slot.

34

Failed while checking for cartridge in the Picker.

35

Failed while checking for cartridge in the mailslot.

36

Could not free fingers after testing for a cartridge in a

drive.

38

Failed to verify that cartridge exists after insert.

Appendix B

B-37

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-11

Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)

Description

40

Failed finding the back of storage slot during

retraction.

41

Failed to verify that a disk is in the storage slot on get

using cartridge-in-path beams.

42

Not able to measure the depth of the storage slot.

43

Failed to free fingers from the storage slot.

48

Could not find the back of the storage slot after insert.

49

Failed to verify that a cartridge exists in the storage

slot after insert.

4A

Could not free fingers from storage slot after insert.

50

Could not find the back of the mailslot after get.

51

Failed to verify that a disk is in the mailslot on get

using cartridge-in-path beams.

52

Not able to measure the depth of the mailslot.

58

Could not find the back of the mailslot after insert.

59

Failed to verify that a cartridge exists in the mailslot

after insert.

60

Failed to rotate the mailslot in.

61

Failed to rotate the mailslot out.

70

Exhausted retries while attempting to get the drive to

eject the cartridge.

71

Could not verify that the drive ejected the cartridge.

72

Could not free fingers from the drive.

73

No cartridge in drive.

B-38

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-11

Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models ONLY)
Description

74

No load complete.

75

Drive error signal.

76

Unexpected cartridge in the drive.

77

Unexpected load complete.

78

Exhausted retries attempting to get drive to accept the

cartridge.

79

Could not verify that the drive accepted the cartridge.

7E

Inline recovery attempts exhausted.

Errors above here are counted in the runtime log as in-line.

Errors below here are counted in the runtime log as retries.
90

Drive access was disallowed because drive busy signal

was active.

91

Drive light stuck off.

94

Outside mailslot sensor failed.

95

Inside mailslot sensor failed.

96

Mailslot rotation failure; possibly caused by operator.

FA

Test drive insert retry.

FB

Timed out waiting for drive to eject when testing for

the presence of a cartridge; retry being attempted.

FC

Retry being attempted on drive insert.

FD

Retry being attempted on drive eject.

FE

Mechanism error.

Appendix B

B-39

Autochanger Error Codes

Error Code
(hex.)

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes

Diagnostic Tests
The following tables describe the optical disk library diagnostic tests for
all models, EXCEPT for 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx jukeboxes. See
Table B-13 on page B-44 for diagnostic tests for the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex,
and 220mx models.
CAUTION

Some diagnostic tests can result in a disk being placed into an improper
storage slot. If this happens, the optical disk library file system is no
longer accurate.

NOTE

Not all tests listed in Table 5-12 on page 5-39 are supported on all HP
jukebox models.

Table B-12

Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and

220mx)
No.

Front Panel
Test Name

Description

POWER UP
TEST

Checks out the general capability of jukebox

by running INIT MECHANICS test.

WELLNESS
TEST

Checks out the general capability of the

jukebox by running the INIT MECHANICS and
EXERCISE MECH tests. Requires one loaded
cartridge; drive and mailslot must be empty.

INIT
MECHANICS

Runs the FIND PLUNGE HOME, FIND VERTICAL

HOME, FIND XLATE HOME, and the INIT ELEM
STATUS tests, and rotates the mailslot out.

10

INIT ELEM
STATUS

Functions the same as the SCSI Initialize

Element Status command. This test
physically scans the entire unit to determine
which storage slots contain disks and if the
drives contain disks.

11

EXERCISE
MECH

Runs VERTICAL TEST, TRANSLATE TEST, FLIP

TEST, MAGAZINE IO, DRIVE IO, and MAILSLOT
IO tests.

B-40

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-12

Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and

220mx)
Front Panel
Test Name

Description

12

VERTICAL
TEST

Moves the disk transport mechanism up and

down the full length of the rail. Returns
PASS/FAIL. No cartridges required.

13

TRANSLATE
SENSOR

Reports ON or OFF. Looks at translate

sensor.

14

FLIP TEST

Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/

FAIL result. It does several flips at various
locations. No optical disks are required.

15

MAGAZINE IO

Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/

FAIL result. It moves an optical disk from a
randomly-chosen full to a randomly-chosen
empty slot, with a random flip. It then moves
the disk back to its original storage slot with
its original orientation. This test displays
"FAIL" if there are no disks in the jukebox or
if all storage slots are full. The drives and
mailslot must be empty.

16

DRIVE IO

Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/

FAIL result. It moves an optical disk from a
randomly-chosen full slot to a randomlychosen drive, with a random flip. It then
moves the cartridge back to its original slot
with its original orientation. This test
displays if there are no disks in the jukebox
or if all storage slots are full. The drives and
mailslot must be empty.

Appendix B

B-41

Autochanger Error Codes

No.

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-12

Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and

220mx)
No.

Front Panel
Test Name

Description

17

MAILSLOT IO

Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/

FAIL result. It moves an optical disk from the
lowest-numbered full slot to the mailslot with
a random flip. It then moves the cartridge
back to its original slot with its original
orientation. This test displays if there are no
disks in the jukebox or if all storage slots are
full. The drives and mailslot must be empty.

18

EMPTY DRIVES

Moves cartridges out of the drive

mechanism(s) and returns them to their
storage slots.

20

PLUNGE FULL
SPD

Allows the disk transport mechanics to be

run at full speed. This configuration should
always be used when the jukebox is being
used.

21

PLUNGE 1/2
SPD

Allows the disk transport mechanics to be

run at half speed. Use this configuration for
diagnostic purposes only.

22

PLUNGE 1/4
SPD

Allows the mechanics to be run at quarter

speed. Use this configuration for diagnostic
purposes only.

24

FILL PICKER

Moves an optical disk into the disk transport

mechanism from the first storage slot
containing a disk.

25

EMPTY
PICKER

Moves an optical disk from the disk transport

mechanism to its home storage slot location if
that location is known, otherwise the disk is
placed into the first available empty storage
slot.

26

CLEAR SOFT
LOG

The runtime log (soft error log) is initialized

to all zeros.

B-42

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-12

Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and

220mx)
Front Panel
Test Name

Description

29

CLEAR HARD
LOG

Sets Information log 0, Autochanger Error

Log, back to zero.

30

VERTICAL
ENCODER

Moves the disk transport mechanism up and

down the full length of the rail. Returns
PASS/FAIL. No cartridges are required.

101

FIND PLUNGE
HOME

Runs mechanism recalibration, establishes

which picker side is up, and determines the
reference points in the picker travel path.
This test assumes that the mechanics and
servo system are functional.

102

FIND
VERTICAL
HOME

Recalibrates the vertical position and verifies

that the vertical path is clear.

103

FIND XLATE
HOME

Calibrates the translate position.

104

PICKER TEST

Flips the disk transport mechanism and

switches active thumbs.

Appendix B

B-43

Autochanger Error Codes

No.

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes

Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No.

Test Name

Description

Poweron

Checks all digital data paths and normal

machine operation. This sequence runs tests
that are identical to those run when the optical
disk library operation button is switched on.
When the test is requested via SCSI, the tests
which cannot be executed over SCSI will be
skipped.
Sequence Order:
3: Controller Test
41: Power Supply Test
Motor Connection Test
5: Initialize Mechanism

Wellness Test

Checks out the general capability of the

Autochanger. Requires one loaded cartridge;
drives and mailslot empty.
Sequence Order:
1: Poweron Test
11: Mechanical Exerciser Test

B-44

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No.

Test Name

Description

Controller Test

This sequence is run by the Autochanger

controller when the optical disk library
operation switch is switched on to check out all
paths, and operation of the servo motor and
autochanger circuitry.
Sequence Order:
30: Processor Test
31: ROM Checksum Test
33: Non-Destructive RAM Test
Autochanger Error Codes

32: RAM Checksum Test

34: SCSI Interface Controller IC Test
36: Motor Control IC Test
35: Multi-Function Peripheral IC Test
37: Drive Connect Test
5

Initialize Mechanism

Prepares the unit for movement.

Sequence Order:
Initialize RAM variables to defaults
50: Find Home

Exerciser Tests
10

Initialize Element
Status

Appendix B

Performs the same function as the SCSI

INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS command. It
physically scans the entire unit to determine
which storage slots and drives contain disks.

B-45

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No.

Test Name

Description

11

Mechanism Exercise
Test

Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail

result. This exerciser is actually a sequence of
other exerciser tests 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
This exerciser returns an error code #57H
Invalid Configuration if there are no cartridges
loaded into the unit, or if any drive is full.
Requires one loaded cartridge, drives and
mailslot empty.

12

Carriage Move Test

Performs a combination of carriage moves with a

pass/fail result. It moves the carriage assembly
to the maximum distance away from the sensor
on both sides. No cartridges are required.

13

Translate Test (Not

valid for the Model
10LC)

Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail

result. It performs several translations from
various starting positions. No cartridges are
required.

14

Flip Test

Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail

result. It performs several flips at various
locations. No cartridges are required.

15

Storage Slot Test

Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail

result. It moves a cartridge from a randomlychosen full slot to a randomly-chosen empty slot,
with a random flip. It then moves the cartridge
back to its original storage slot with its original
orientation. This exerciser returns an error code
#57H Invalid Configuration if there are no
cartridges loaded into the unit, or if any drive is
full. Requires one loaded cartridge.

B-46

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
Test Name

Description

16

Drive I/O Test

Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail

result. It moves a cartridge from a randomlychosen full slot to a drive, with a random flip. It
then moves the cartridge back to its original slot
with its original orientation. It does this once for
each optical drive. Returns an error code #57H
Invalid Configuration if there are no cartridges
loaded into the unit. Requires one loaded
cartridge; drives must be empty.

17

Mailslot I/O

Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail

result. It moves a cartridge from the lowestnumbered full slot to the mailslot with a random
flip. It then moves the cartridge back to its
original slot with its original orientation.
Returns an error code #57H Invalid
Configuration if there are no cartridges loaded
into the unit. Requires one loaded cartridge;
mailslot must be empty.

18

Speed Factor Setting

Utility

Allows the setting of the speed factor as the first

parameter given. The speed factor determines
how fast the system moves the mechanics. The
number provides 1/Parameter speed (e.g.
Parameter=3 runs the motors at 1/3 of full
speed). This test can only be run from the SCSI
Interface.

19

Zero Maximum Force

Log

The maximum force log is initialized to all zeros.

20

Set Speed Factor to

Full Speed

Allows the mechanics to be run at full speed.

21

Set Speed Factor to

Half Speed

Allows the mechanics to be run at half speed.

22

Set Speed Factor to

Quarter Speed

Allows the mechanics to be run at quarter speed.

Appendix B

B-47

Autochanger Error Codes

No.

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No.

Test Name

Description

23

Shipping

Moves the picker to the appropriate position in

preparation for shipping.

24

Fill Picker

Moves a cartridge into the picker from the first

full storage slot.

25

Empty Picker

Moves a cartridge from the picker to the first

empty storage slot.

26

Zero Runtime Log

The entire runtime log is initialized to all zeros.

27

Set Minimum Retries

This sets the number of retries to 1. This may be

set to see if the chosen test is doing what you
want it to do. After you are satisfied that the test
is what you want, run Test 28 which resets the
number of retries to default values.

28

Set to Default Number

of Retries

Resets the number of retries to powerup default

values. Used after setting retries to 1 by Test 27.

29

Zero Error Log

Sets Information Log 0, Autochanger Error Log

back to zero.

Electronic Core Tests

30

Microprocessor
Operation Test

Performs a functional check of the

microprocessor. This test will shut down the
servo system; a poweron sequence runs upon
completion.

31

ROM Checksum Test

Performs a checksum verification of the ROM.

32

RAM Checksum Test

A checksum of the "Controlled" area of RAM is

kept on an ongoing basis. This test verifies that
the checksum is still valid.

33

Non-Destructive RAM
Test

Tests all of the controller's RAM, checking for

data acceptance and retention. The test is nondestructive to RAM unless interrupted by power
failure. This test will shut down the servo
system; a poweron sequence runs upon
completion.

B-48

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
Test Name

Description

34

SCSI Interface
Controller Chip Test

Checks out operations of the SCSI interface

controller chip. This test will not be run if
initiated via SCSI, it reports PASS.

36

Motor Control Chip

Test

Exercises the registers of the motor control IC.

In order to perform correctly, this test shuts
down the servo system.

37

Drive Connect Test

Checks for expected drive configuration. This is

done by polling the drive connect signal on each
of the possible drives. This line is grounded at
the drive end if a drive is connected. If the drives
physically connected do not match the expected
configuration then an error is reported.

38

Control Panel Light

Show &Button Test

Lights each portion of the display individually

and then together. Requires pushing each front
panel button to finish the test.

40

Power Supply Test

Looks at both the 12-Volt and the 24-Volt power

supplies to verify that they are within limits.
The limits for the 12V supply are 11V and 13V
and the 24V supply limits are 23.5V and 25.5V.

41

SCSI Connector
Loopback Test

Performs a loopback through SCSI connectors,

checking proper operation of the SCSI drivers,
receivers, and cables. Requires an external
loopback hood with terminator power. Will not
run if it was initiated via SCSI; if so, it reports
error FCH Test Did Not Run.

(Interactive)

42

Optical Sensor Test

(Interactive if done
through the control
panel)

Appendix B

Checks the status of the optical sensors. Also

checks the status of the mailslot sensor (see Test
43). "0"s are placed on the control panel display
on the left and right of the display. The mark is
an open zero if the sensor is not blocked, and a
zero filled in with lit segments if a sensor is
blocked. No FRU is returned.

B-49

Autochanger Error Codes

No.

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No.
43

Test Name

Description

Mailslot Sensor Test

See the description for Test 42.

(Interactive if done
through the control
panel)
44

Cartridge-in-path

(Interactive if done
through the control
panel)

Displays max/min intensity and ambient

readings for the left and right beams. You must
enter a parameter to choose the beam to display
(0=left, 1=right). The following is an example of
an error message for the right beam and how it
is translated:
F0 is hexadecimal for 240
E1 is hexadecimal for 225
R means right beam
06 is the maximum ambient reading.
00 is the minimum ambient reading.

Intensity
Max
Min
240
225

L/R
R

Ambient
Max
Min
6
0

Press CANCEL to stop.

50

Find Home Sequence

50Find Home SequenceMoves the picker to a

known "home" position. This test assumes
nothing about the state of the mechanics. The
"home" location is the lower left position of the
box. The servo system is initialized to the "home"
location. It then automatically runs Test 51.

51

Carriage/Picker
Assembly Calibration
Test

Runs the portion of the mechanism recalibration

related to the optical sensors. It measures sensor
offsets and calculates picker tilt and droop. This
test assumes that the mechanics and servo
system are functional.

B-50

Appendix B

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13

Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
Test Name

Description

60

FRU Isolation Test

Assumes that something has physically failed,

either electronic or mechanical. A series of
special low-level tests are executed to select the
three (or fewer) FRUs which are most likely to
be at fault. Tests 30, 31, 33, 35, 36, 40, and 50
are executed as a part of the isolation process.

65

Calibrate Magazines

Calculates a min/max clearance for a magazine.

(The selected magazine should be empty.) The
autochanger requires a disk in the mailslot. The
test passes if clearance is 85 encoder counts (1
mm) up and down. (See Info 23 for actual
values.)
If this test is run by SCSI command, set Byte 1
to the magazine number.
The test returns: PASS or FAIL.

66

Clear Magazine Min/

Max

Clears the value calculated in Test 65.

67

Calibrate Mailslot

Calculates a min/max clearance for the mailslot.

The autochanger requires a disk in the mailslot.
The test passes if clearance is 85 encoder counts
(1 mm) up and down. (See Info 23 for actual
values.)
The test returns: PASS or FAIL.

68

Clear Mailslot Max/

Min

Clears the value calculated in Test 67.

75

UPS Test

Tests whether or not the UPS is connected

properly.
The test returns PASS if connected properly,
FAIL if the UPS is not connected properly or if
there is no UPS connected.

Appendix B

B-51

Autochanger Error Codes

No.

Autochanger Error Codes

Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes

B-52

Appendix B

Field Replaceable Units

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

Appendix C

C-1

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

Table C-1

Jukebox FRUs (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
FRU #

C-2

Description

Controller PCA

MO Drive

Interconnect PCA

Lower Interconnect Board

Stars Wars Board

SCSI LUN/Repeater PCA (Bus 1)

18

SCSI LUN/Repeater PCA (Bus 2)

19

Configuration Module

22

Display Panel

23

Vertical Motor Gearbox Assembly

24

Vertical Motion Motor

26

Magazine (8 slots)

27

Picker Assembly

29

Mailslot Assembly

30

Vertical Encoder Strip & Sensor

31

Magazines (6 slots)

32

AC/12V Power

33

AC/24V Power

34

Vertical Rope/Pulley System

40

Translate Frame

Appendix C

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
Table C-1

Jukebox FRUs (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
FRU #

Description
Vertical Umbilical Cable

43

Translate Umbilical Cable

51

5/12 Power Cable

54

Drive Power Cable

57

Vertical Path-Clear Sensor Cable

59

Internal SCSI Cable

62

MO Drive Power Cable

65

Control Panel Cable

66

Interposer Cable

86

AC Power PCA

220

Media

200

Clear path blockage (no FRU)

201

Cartridge moved

Appendix C

FRUS
Field Replaceable
Units

41

C-3

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

Table C-2

Jukebox FRUs (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models
ONLY)
FRU #

C-4

Description

Autochanger Controller PCA

Interconnect PCA

20

MO/MF Drive (single-ended)

21

Left Way

22

Display/Front Panel PCA

23

Carriage Motor

24

Front Panel

25

Picker Motor

26

Magazine

27

Picker

28

Power Supply Module

29

Mailslot Assembly

31

Optical Sensor Assembly

32

Carriage Lead Screw

34

Picker Motor Belt(s)

35

Carriage Motor Belt

36

MO/MF Drive Control ROMa

37

Autochanger Controller ROMSa

38

Fan Assembly

39

Spring Bearing Block Assembly

40

Carriage Assembly

Appendix C

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
Table C-2

Jukebox FRUs (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models
ONLY)
FRU #

Description
MO Drive/Controller Power Cable

52

5/12V Module Power Cable

55

SCSI Cable (internal)

56

Front Panel Address Cable

57

Motor Power/Encoder Cable

58

Motor Cable

59

Interconnect Cable

65

AC/24V Power Cable

66

Line Switch Cable

67

24V Power Cable

71

Mailslot Connector Cable

75

Interface Cable

FRUS
Field Replaceable
Units

51

a. Code is downloadable into flash ROMs

Appendix C

C-5

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)

C-6

Appendix C

Micro/Macro-Moves

Micro/Macro-Moves

Appendix D

D-1

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs

Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description

Vertical idle.

Move picker transport up. Fast.

Move picker transport down. Fast.

Move picker transport up slowly, looking for resistance.

Used in vertical find home sequence.

Move picker transport down slowly, looking for resistance.

Used in vertical find home sequence.

Move a small amount upward, to relieve tension in the

servos. Used after finding "home" in the vertical find
home sequence.

Make a small vertical movement as a plunge is made into

a drive. Used to "wiggle" the picker during error recovery.

Vertical coarse measure (not used).

Move picker transport up to the top of the jukebox,

checking for a clear path. Used in the vertical find home
sequence.

Move picker transport to the bottom of the jukebox,

checking for a clear path. Used in the vertical find home
sequence.

Vertical fine measure (not used).

Vertical engage mailslot 1 (not used).

Vertical engage mailslot 2 (not used).

Vertical get mail duck (not used).

D-2

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Vertical put mail duck (not used).

Vertical saturate home (not used).

10

Vertical relax home (not used).

11

Move slowly up far enough to establish that there is

enough room to flip the picker. Used in the plunge find
home sequence.

12

Move slowly down far enough to establish that there is

enough room to flip the picker. Used in the plunge find
home sequence.

13

Move slowly to the flip clear area (determined in micromoves 11 and 12). Used in the plunge find home
sequence. Also used in power fail recovery to move the
picker off of a cartridge that may have been between the
picker and the magazines when the power failed and the
picker settled.

14

Move slowly downward to the flip clear area (determined

in micro-moves 11 and 12). Used in the plunge find home
sequence.

15

Move vertically to restore the picker to the position it had

before an error (and error recovery) occurred. Only called
in error recovery.

16

Move up. Used in the motor test during powerup.

17

Move down. Used in the motor test during powerup.

18

Move fast vertically to initial element 1.

19

Move fast vertically to initial element 2.

1A

Move fast vertically to initial element 3.

1B

Move fast vertically to initial element 4.

Appendix D

D-3

Micro/Macro-Moves

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-4

Description

32

Translate idle.

33

Translate and saturate right.

34

Translate and saturate left.

35

Translate right.

36

Translate left.

37

Translate relax.

38

Translate calibrate.

62

Move slowly to one side of the translate frame. Used to

find translate home during powerup. Movements after
powerup use the translate home ID, 63.

63

Move to one side of the translate frame. Used to find

translate home.

64

Plunge idle (not used).

65

Plunge move (not used).

66

Plunge saturate (not used).

67

Move a short distance back from the plunge position

where an overforce shutdown error occurred. Relaxes the
tension.

68

Retract the plunge assembly on the picker all the way

back to find "home" in the plunge axis. May start a flip,
depending on starting position. (One of three plunge find
homes in the sequence; 68, 69, 6A.)

69

Retract the plunge assembly on the picker all the way

back and flip the picker at the same time. Used to find
"home" in the plunge axis. (One of three plunge find
homes in the sequence; 68, 69, 6A.)

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Retract the plunge assembly on the picker all the way
back and then flip the picker. Used to find "home" in the
plunge axis. Second flip of the sequence. (One of three
plunge find homes in the sequence; 68, 69, 6A.)

6B

Plunge toward magazine to get cartridge.

6C

First time plunge into magazine (first "get"). Feels for

resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is
seated.

6D

Retraction to pull the cartridge out of the magazine.

6E

Plunge get magazine out 2 (not used).

6F

First part of a two-step move to put a cartridge into a

magazine. Puts the cartridge nearly all the way in. Next
part of move is micro-move 70.

70

Second part of a two-step move to put a cartridge into a

magazine. Continues movement of micro-move 6F and
puts the cartridge in the rest of the way (the distance
learned in micro-move 6C).

71

First time plunge into a magazine (first "put"). Feels for

resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is
seated.

72

Retract picker plunge assembly after putting cartridge

into a magazine. Assembly is retracted just far enough
that the thumbs are clear of the picker vertical path.

73

Plunge put magazine out 2 (not used).

74

Plunge put magazine out 3 (not used).

75

First part of a two-step plunge move to put a cartridge

into a drive. Cartridge is inserted to a point where the
drive shutter arms start to engage.

Appendix D

D-5

Micro/Macro-Moves

6A

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-6

Description

76

First time "put" plunge into a drive. Slow. Feels for

resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is
seated.

77

First time "get" plunge into a drive. Slow. Feels for

resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is
seated.

78

Fast "put" plunge into a drive (distance has been

previously learned).

79

Retract picker plunge assembly after putting cartridge

into drive. Assembly is retracted just far enough to that
the thumbs are clear of the picker vertical path.

7A

Plunge put drive out 2 (not used).

7B

Plunge put drive out 3 (not used).

7C

(Used in an emergency cartridge eject). Plunge toward a

drive, stopping at a position close to the drive. This the
wait position until the drive ejects the cartridge.

7D

(Used in an emergency cartridge eject). Plunge to contact

and get the cartridge from the drive. Follows micro-move
7C.

7E

Log ID (no motion). Logs that picker is in position in front

of drive, waiting for the drive to eject the cartridge.

7F

Plunge forward to get cartridge from the drive. Thumbs

wrap over the ears on the cartridge.

80

Retract a small amount o take up the slack between the

picker thumbs and the cartridge ears.

81

Retract plunge assembly fully back into the picker.

82

Plunge get drive out 3 (not used).

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Flip during plunge when cartridge is in the top picker.

84

Flip during plunge when cartridge is in the bottom picker.

85

Plunge finish flip (not used).

86

Plunge test picker saturate with media (not used).

87

Short plunge out to test for a cartridge in the picker. If a

cartridge is in the picker, the path clear beam will be
interrupted. Used in an ISTAT.

88

Short plunge out to test for a cartridge in a magazine

when the picker contains a cartridge. If resistance is felt,
this is interpreted as a cartridge in the magazine. Used in
an ISTAT.

89

Retract picker plunge assembly into the picker after

executing micro-move 88. Used in an ISTAT.

8A

Short plunge to test for a cartridge in a drive when the

picker contains a cartridge. If resistance is felt, this is
interpreted as a cartridge in the drive. Used in an ISTAT.

8B

Plunge out. Used in error recovery. Is an attempt to push

a cartridge out of the vertical picker path and into a
magazine.

8C

Retract thumbs back into the picker. Used in error

recovery. Is an attempt to pull a cartridge out of the
vertical picker path and into the picker. Either this micromove or micro-move 8D is used, depending on position of
the picker at the start of recovery.

8D

Retract thumbs back into the picker. Used in error

recovery. Is an attempt to pull a cartridge out of the
vertical picker path and into the picker. Either this micromove or micro-move 8C is used, depending the on the
position of the picker at the start of recovery.

Appendix D

D-7

Micro/Macro-Moves

83

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-8

Description

8E

Move picker plunge assembly out to rearm the picker

mechanism before switching active picker.

8F

Retract picker plunge assembly to a point just short of

tripping the thumb selection mechanism. First of two
steps (second step is micro-move 90).

90

Retract picker fingers all the way back. Trips the

mechanism that makes the opposite thumb "active."

91

Move picker plunge assembly forward, away from the full

retracted position. Clears the tripping mechanism and
makes the new thumb "active."

92

Plunge picker diagnostic 1 (factory use only).

93

Plunge picker diagnostic 2 (factory use only).

94

Plunge picker diagnostic 3 (factory use only).

95

Plunge picker diagnostic 4 (factory use only).

96

Plunge picker back 1 (not used).

97

Plunge picker back 2 (not used).

98

Plunge find handoff distance 1 (factory use only).

99

Plunge find handoff distance 2 (factory use only).

9A

Plunge find handoff distance 3 (factory use only).

9B

Plunge find flip distance 1 (factory use only).

9C

Plunge find flip distance 2 (factory use only).

9D

Plunge find picker length (factory use only).

9E

Plunge picker state 1 (factory use only).

9F

Plunge picker state 2 (factory use only).

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Plunge finish home (not used).

A1

Plunge finish saturate home (not used).

A2

First of two plunge movements toward the drive during

error recovery. Vertical movement is done before the
second part of this movement (micro-move A3) is done.

A3

Second of two plunge movements toward the drive during

error recovery. Done after a small vertical movement is
done to "wiggle" the picker.

A4

Plunge out. Is an attempt to clear the vertical picker path

during drive error recovery.

A5

First part of a two-step move to fully retract the picker

plunge assembly. Retract assembly almost all the way
back. Next part of move is micro-move A6.

A6

Second part of a two-step move to fully retract the picker

plunge assembly. Continues movement of micro-move A5
and brings picker plunge assembly all the way back.

A7

Move picker plunge assembly forward a small amount

from full retracted position. Completes rearm of the
picker mechanism.

A8

Move to a position where the picker thumb sensor can be

read. Used in the find plunge home recalibration.

A9

Move to a position where the current active picker can be

read. Used in the plunge home recalibration.

AA

Fully retract picker plunge assembly to switch the active

picker. One of three moves used to make the top picker
the active picker during a picker recalibration.

Appendix D

D-9

Micro/Macro-Moves

A0

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-10

Description

AB

Move picker plunge assembly forward a small amount to

complete the rearm of the picker mechanism. One of
three moves used to make the top picker the active picker
during a picker recalibration.

AC

Move picker plunge assembly forward to normal position

after a active picker has been change by micro-moves AA
and AB. One of three moves used to make the top picker
the active picker during a picker recalibration.

AD

Move the picker plunge assembly a small amount away

from the flip mechanism so that the mechanism is
rearmed for a flip. Used in a flip sequence.

AE

Move the picker plunge assembly out a small amount

from the full retracted position to relieve the pressure on
the mechanism after a flip.

AF

First of two moves to move the thumb to the magazine

during an ISTAT when no cartridge is in the picker. Next
move is micro-move B0.

B0

Second of two moves to move the thumb to the magazine

during an ISTAT when no cartridge is in the picker. Slow
move to check for an overforce (cartridge in the magazine
slot).

B1

Retract picker plunge assembly back into the picker to a

point where the thumbs can unsplay. Used during an
ISTAT, with no cartridge in the picker, when the thumbs
are splayed and are they must be unsplayed.

B2

Retract picker plunge assembly into the picker to a point

just short of where the thumbs would be released and
unsplay. Used during an ISTAT, with no cartridge in the
picker, when the thumbs are splayed and must be kept
splayed.

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Retract picker plunge assembly back far enough to
release the thumbs and let them go to an unsplayed
position. Used during an ISTAT, and the thumbs are
being returned to an unsplayed position after contacting,
grabbing, and replacing the first cartridge.

B4

Retract picker plunge assembly into the picker to a point

just short of where the thumbs would be released and
unsplay. Used during an ISTAT, and the thumbs are
being retained in the splayed position after contacting,
grabbing, and replacing the first cartridge.

B5

Retract picker plunge assembly far enough to get the

thumbs out of the vertical picker path. Used during an
ISTAT, no cartridge in the picker, and no cartridge was
contacted in the first magazine.

B6

Pull picker plunge assembly fully back to rearm a "put."

Enable the picker to replace the cartridge it picked up
during an ISTAT.

B7

First of two moves that put a cartridge back into the

magazine after the cartridge is detected during an ISTAT.
Moves the cartridge almost fully into the magazine.
Followed by micro-move B8.

B8

Second of two moves that put a cartridge back into the

magazine after the cartridge is detected during an ISTAT.
Moves the cartridge fully into the magazine.

B9

Second of two moves to test for the presence of a cartridge

in a magazine during an ISTAT when there is a cartridge
in the picker. Slow move to check for an overforce
(cartridge in the magazine slot). Follows micro-move BA.

Appendix D

D-11

Micro/Macro-Moves

B3

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-12

Description

BA

First of two moves to test for the presence of a cartridge

in a magazine during an ISTAT when there is a cartridge
in the picker. Fast plunge that places the en of the
cartridge in the picker close to the magazine. Followed by
micro-move B9.

BB

Testing for media in picker. After the physical force check.

BC

Retract picker plunge assembly after detecting a

cartridge in the drive. Used in an ISTAT when there is a
cartridge in the picker.

BD

Retract picker plunge assembly to a point just short of

where the thumbs would be released from their splayed
position. Used if thumbs are splayed after checking
magazines in an ISTAT.

BE

Retract picker plunge assembly after inserting a

cartridge into a drive.

BF

Quickly retract the picker plunge assembly if an error

occurred while inserting a cartridge into a drive.

C0

Retract picker plunge assembly to a point where the

thumbs are released and go to an unsplayed position.
Used in an ISTAT.

C1

Insert cartridge into a drive, just past the shutters.

Distance has not been learned.

C2

Insert cartridge into a drive, just past the shutters.

Distance has NOT been learned. Part one of a two-stage
move. Used in the sequence to return a cartridge into a
drive after an emergency eject during an ISTAT.

C3

Insert cartridge into a drive, just past the shutters.

Distance has been learned. Part one of a two-stage move.
Used in the sequence to return a cartridge into a drive
after an emergency eject during an ISTAT.

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Insert cartridge fully into a drive. Distance has been
learned. Part two of a two-stage move. Used in the
sequence to return a cartridge into a drive after an
emergency eject during an ISTAT.

C5

Insert cartridge fully into a drive. Distance has been

learned. Additional push in case the drive acknowledge
signal was not seen. Used in the sequence to return a
cartridge into a drive after an emergency eject during an
ISTAT.

C6

Insert cartridge fully into a drive. Distance has been

learned. Part two of a two-stage move. Used in the
sequence to return a cartridge into a drive after an
emergency eject during an ISTAT.

C7

Retract picker to rearm position to splay the fingers. Used

when an error in the drive acknowledge signal is seen and
a drive eject will be done and the thumbs must be in the
splayed position.

C8

Plunge thumbs out close to the end of the picker to get

ready to "get" a cartridge. Done at the same time as
vertical moves and in-transit translates and flips.

C9

Same as micro-move C8 but is a retry (if needed).

CA

Plunge rotate mailslot 1 saturate (not used).

CB

Retract picker plunge assembly back far enough to clear

the thumbs from the vertical picker path. Used after a
cartridge is put in the mailslot.

CC

Plunge out to clear the mailslot path. Distance has not

been learned. Used in error recovery.

CD

Short plunge out to fully seat a cartridge in the mailslot

and to measure the distance of a fully-inserted cartridge.

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves

C4

D-13

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-14

Description

CE

Plunge out to clear the mailslot path. Used in error

recovery.

CF

Retract picker plunge assembly in an attempt to clear the

mailslot path. Used in error recovery.

D0

Short plunge to push the cartridge to a fully seated

position during a "get" to the mailslot. Distance is
learned.

D1

Short plunge during a mailslot "put." Ducks under the

mailslot rotation mechanism and positions the picker so
it can move up all the way to mailslot insertion position.

D2

Short plunge to put the cartridge all the way into the
mailslot.

D3

Short plunge during a mailslot "get". Ducks under the

mailslot rotation mechanism and positions the picker so
it can move up all the way to the mailslot "get" position.

D4

Plunge to get the cartridge from the mailslot.

D5

Retract cartridge most of the way into the picker.

Positions the picker so that it can duck under the mailslot
rotation mechanism during a "get."

D6

Continue retraction in micro-move D5. Pull cartridge all

the way back into the picker.

D7

Retract thumbs to a point just inside the picker. Used to

clear the vertical picker path during error recovery.

D8

Plunge to a position where the mailslot rotation actuator

can by pulled in.

D9

Plunge to a position where the mailslot rotation actuator

can by pushed out.

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description

DA

Move picker plunge assembly to a position where the

mailslot rotation actuator can be engaged to rotate the
mailslot out. Used when the state of the mailslot is
unknown and must be placed in a known state.

DB

Retract the picker plunge assembly a short distance to

clear the thumbs away from the mailslot after rotating
the mailslot out.

The following move IDs are only for 80fx, 160fx, 200fx, 160ex,
320ex, 400ex, 300mx, 600mx, and 700mx model jukeboxes.
Slow retract of the picker plunge assembly, pulling the
mailslot in. Checks that the cartridge is in properly. First
move of a rotate in.

DD

Retract thumbs back into the picker after rotating the

mailslot out.

DE

Plunge rotate mailslot 3 (not used).

DF

Plunge rotate mailslot 4 (not used).

E0

Plunge rotate mailslot 5 (not used).

E1

First of two moves rotating the mailslot in. Quickly

retract the picker plunge assembly, pulling the mailslot
most of the way in. Followed by micro-move E3.

E2

Plunge out to rotate the mailslot almost all the way out.

E3

Short retraction of the picker plunge assembly until

pressure is felt. Used at end of rotating the mailslot in
and ensures that the mailslot has been rotated fully in.

E4

Short plunge out to relieve the pressure after rotating the

mailslot in.

E5

Short plunge out, feeling for pressure, to ensure that the

mailslot is rotated all the way out.

Appendix D

D-15

Micro/Macro-Moves

DC

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-1

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
E6

Description
Retract picker plunge assembly a short distance to relieve
the pressure after micro-move E5.

The following move IDs are only for 330fx, 600fx, 660ex,
1200ex, 1200mx and 2200mx model jukeboxes.
DC

Mailslot finished move in.

DD

Mailslot finished move out.

DE

Mailslot pulled cartridge flush with front panel to check

media present/media inserted correctly.

DF

Mailslot starting a move in.

E0

Mailslot starting a move out.

E1

Mailslot in the middle of a move in or move out.

E2

Mailslot approaching the end of a move in or move out.

E3

Mailslot unexpected stop.

E4

Mailslot start initialization after an error or at startup.

E5

Mailslot initialization successful.

E6

Mailslot end move with error; move not complete.

The following move IDs are for all model jukeboxes.

D-16

E7

On powerup, testing for motion in one direction on the

plunge motor.

E8

On powerup, testing for motion in the plunge motor.

Opposite direction than in micro-move E7.

E9

Plunge out to clear the picker vertical path. Used when

path is blocked during powerup.

EA

Picker plunge assembly retraction to clear the picker

vertical path. Used when path is blocked during powerup.

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-2

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
No motion; no commands pending

Carriage motion; full speed (away from drives)

Carriage motion; full speed (toward drives)

Carriage motion; move fingers forward during full speed

(away from drives)

Carriage motion; move fingers forward during full speed

(toward drives)

Full speed finger motion

Pull fingers back to depress flip button

Flip

Verify flip complete

Push fingers out to release flip button

Translate picker from non-leadscrew to leadscrew side

Translate picker from leadscrew to non-leadscrew side

Verify picker translated from non-leadscrew to leadscrew

side

Verify picker translated from leadscrew to non-leadscrew

side

Release forces after translating picker from nonleadscrew to leadscrew side

10

Release forces after translating picker from leadscrew to

non-leadscrew side

11

Move fingers toward storage slot with intent to grab

cartridge

Appendix D

D-17

Micro/Macro-Moves

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-2

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-18

Description

12

Detect cartridge in storage slot before grab, and during

Initialize Element Status

13

Take up the slack in the fingers before grabbing the

cartridge

14

Pull cartridge back from storage slot

15

Push cartridge forward into storage slot

16

Detect cartridge in storage slot after insert

17

Pull fingers back from the storage slot after releasing the
cartridge

18

Move fingers toward drive; prepare to grab cartridge

19

No motion; waiting for drive to eject the cartridge

1A

Carriage shake; to assist the cartridge ejected from the

drive to slide into the picker

1B

Move fingers toward drive; with intent to grab cartridge

1C

Pull cartridge back from drive

1D

Insert cartridge into drive, until slider engages

1E

Insert cartridge into drive, after slider has engaged

1F

Push cartridge toward drive using short steps; look for

drive to accept the cartridge

20

Drive failed to accept cartridge; pull cartridge back

21

Drive accepted cartridge, release cartridge and pull

fingers back

22

Carriage motion during mailslot grab

23

Move fingers toward mailslot; with intent to grab

cartridge

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-2

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Detect cartridge in mailslot before grab

25

Take up the slack in the fingers before grabbing the

cartridge

26

Pull cartridge back from mailslot

27

Carriage motion during mailslot insert

28

Push cartridge forward into the mailslot

29

Detect the cartridge in mailslot after insert

2A

Pull fingers back from mailslot after releasing cartridge

2B

Move leadscrew tab toward mailslot actuator arm before

pulling mailslot in

2C

Carriage motion toward actuator arm before pulling

mailslot in

2D

Move leadscrew tab to mailslot actuator arm before

pushing mailslot out

2E

Carriage motion toward actuator arm where mailslot is

engaged before pushing mailslot out

2F

Rotate the mailslot when rotational position unknown

30

Release tension on the mailslot rotate arm

31

Release tension on the mailslot rotate arm

32

Rotate the mailslot

33

Rotate the mailslot

34

Verify the rotation of the mailslot is complete

35

Rotate the mailslot when rotational position unknown

Appendix D

D-19

Micro/Macro-Moves

24

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-2

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-20

Description

36

Check for a cartridge in the picker, same motion is used to

check for a cartridge in mailslot or storage slot when
picker contains a cartridge

37

Move cartridge in or out of picker during test for a

cartridge in a storage slot

38

Move fingers in or out of picker during test for a cartridge

in a storage slot

39

Move cartridge in and out of picker during test for

cartridge in the drive

3A

Check for a cartridge in the drive

3D

Move carriage to cartridge test position in front of drive

3E

Verify the presence of a cartridge by pressing cartridge

against drive face

3F

Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out

of a storage slot after insertion (towards drives)

40

Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out

of a storage slot after insertion (away from drives)

41

Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out

of a drive after insertion (towards drives)

42

Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out

of a drive after insertion (away from drives)

43

Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out

of a drive during error recovery (towards, then away from
drives)

44

Translate slowly to leadscrew side in FIND HOME

sequence

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-2

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description
Short translate after finding leadscrew side (toward nonleadscrew side)

46

Short carriage motion after finding leadscrew side (away

from drives)

47

Carriage motion toward drives; looking for hard stop in

FIND HOME sequence

48

Short carriage motion away from drives after hard stop

49

Carriage motion away from drives; finding room to flip in

FIND HOME sequence

4A

Fast carriage motion toward sensors to flip position

4B

Carriage motion toward drives finding room to flip in

FIND HOME sequence

4C

Fast carriage motion when flip position found in needed

direction

4D

Slow flips during FIND HOME sequence

4E

Push fingers slowly out of picker after flips in FIND

HOME sequence

4F

Check for picker belts in FRU Isolation tests, or slow

finger motions during error recovery

50

Carriage motion toward drives; looking for hard stop

before measuring carriage travel

51

Verify the maximum required carriage travel from

sensors

52

Test for presence of cartridge in picker by pushing

against hard stop

53

Long carriage motion during carriage/picker assembly

calibration (Coarse measure)

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves

45

D-21

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-2

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)

D-22

Description

54

Short carriage motion during carriage/picker assembly

calibration (Fine measure)

57

Error occurred while inserting cartridge, push cartridge

farther into storage slot

59

Move fingers toward storage slot during storage slot

recovery

5A

Pull fingers back from storage slot during storage slot

recovery

5B

Carriage motion during drive recovery

5C

Carriage motion during storage slot recovery

5D

Carriage motion during drive insert recovery

5E

Slowly push fingers out then into picker during drive

recovery

5F

Drive recovery

60

Drive recovery

61

Short carriage motions during drive recovery (wiggle

motion)

62

Long carriage motion in drive recovery (toward, then

away from drives)

63

Drive recovery, restore picker home in case of unexpected

translate

64

Pull fingers back into picker during recovery.

65

Pull fingers back from storage slot during storage slot

recovery

66

Carriage motion while testing for cartridge in drive

during drive insert recovery

Appendix D

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
Table D-2

HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table

(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)

Description

67

Pull back fingers from drive after releasing cartridge;

during recovery

68

Push cartridge towards drive, using short steps, look for

drive to accept the cartridge; during recovery

69

Carriage motion; during initial recovery (away from

drives)

6A

Carriage motion; during initial recovery (toward drives)

6B

Push fingers out of picker; during initial recovery

6C

Pull fingers back into picker; during initial recovery

6D

Carriage motion; during initial recovery (away from

drives)

6E

Carriage motion; during initial recovery (toward drives)

6F

Checking for carriage motor belt in FRU isolation tests

Micro/Macro-Moves

Appendix D

D-23

Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs

D-24

Appendix D

Disconnect Timeouts

Disconnect Timeout Settings

Appendix E

E-1

Disconnect Timeout Settings

Disconnect Timeout Settings

Disconnect Timeout Settings

The following commands will cause a SCSI disconnect. It is useful to
know what the maximum times for disconnect are so driver timeouts can
be set appropriately.
NOTE

In Table E-1 the maximum disconnect time is represented by the nominal

number of seconds plus the number of levels of error recovery times 60.
You can see the maximum time can be very long. An appropriate timeout
may be a compromise between the nominal time and maximum time.

Table E-1

Timeout Settings
Command

Nominal
Disconnect
Time
(seconds)

Maximum
Disconnect
Time

Levels of
Error
Recovery

Exchange Medium

14

600 sec

Initialize Element
Status

120

600 sec

Move Medium

600 sec

Position To Element

600 sec

Prevent/Allow Media
Removal

10

600 sec

Read Element Status

120a

600 sec

Release

10

600 sec

Reserve

10

600 sec

Rezero Unit

120

600 sec

Send Diagnostic

600b

600 sec

Rotate

600 sec

E-2

Appendix E

Disconnect Timeout Settings

Disconnect Timeout Settings

a. If the Read Element Status Command disconnects, it will

perform movements identical to that of the Initialize
Element Status before sending the element status data.
Therefore, the timeout should be set the same as the
Initialize Element Status command.
b. The Send Diagnostic Command is different from the other
commands in that there are a number of different tests that
may be executed. Also, the test may be run in a loop. It is
recommended that the host never run a diagnostic test in a
loop so set the loop count to one and set the
timeout to 10 minutes.

Disconnect Timeouts

Appendix E

E-3

Disconnect Timeout Settings

Disconnect Timeout Settings

E-4

Appendix E

Index
A
abort 06H, 9
Abort Tag 0DH, 11
addresses, 2
arbitration phase, 3
Attention Condition, 16
autochanger configuration mode page (20H),
30

autochanger move error codes, 29

B
Bus Device Reset 0CH, 11
Busy 08H, 15
C
caching page 08H, 37, 60
Check Condition 02H, 14
Clear Queue OEH, 12
command complete, 10
command complete 00H, 6
Command Descriptor Block (CDB), 18
command phase, 4
commands
alphabetical list, 4
drive control, 3
numerical list, 2
scsi overview, 2
Condition Met 04H, 14
Conditions, 16
control mode page 0AH, 39, 63
conventions
typographical, iii
D
data phase, 4
device capabilities, 26
diagnostic tests, 40
dip switch
definitions, 51
locations, 51
disconnect, 10
disconnect 04H, 9
disconnect timeout settings, 2
disconnect-reconnect page 02H, 36, 59
drive control commands, 3
drive log data format, 57
drive request sense
command values, 3
sense key values, 3
DSP error codes, 19

E
element full/empty, sense code 3BH, 7
erase (group 1) command (2CH), 88
erase (group 5) command (ACH), 134
error codes
autochanger move, 29
hardware, 19
micro-move, 32
error logs table format, 49
exchange medium command (A6H), 66
extended message 01H, 6
F
field replaceable units (FRUs), 2
flag, 7
force log data format, 54
format mode 03H - type 0, 43, 67
format mode 03H - type 1, 44, 68
format mode 04H, 45, 69
format unit command (04H), 15
G
Good OOH, 14
Group 0 Commands,
Group 1 Commands,
Group 2 Commands,
Group 5 Commands,

2
4
4
6

H
hardware error codes, 19
Head of Queue Tag, 13
I
identity, 10
Identity 80H-FFH, 13
information transfer phase, 3
initialize element status command (07H), 12
initiator, 2
initiator-detected error 05H, 9
inquiry command (12H), 26, 14
Intermediate Condition Met 14H, 15
Intermediate/Good 10H, 15
internal error codes, 9
invalid address, sense code 21H, 7
L
link, 7
linked command complete, 10
Linked Command Complete (with flag) 0BH,
11

Index
Linked Command Complete 0AH, 11
log select command (4CH), 109
log sense command (4DH), 111, 47
M
medium types support page 0BH, 64
medium types supported page 0BH, 40
message in phase, 4
message out phase, 4
message phase, 4
Message Priority Error 09H, 11
message reject, 10
message reject 07H, 10
messages
target-supported, 5
micro-move error codes, 32
micro-move ID table, 2
mode page 20H parameter default values, 49
mode page parameter default values, 48
mode select (group 2) command (55H), 122
mode select command (15H), 31
mode sense (group 0) command, 54
mode sense (group 2) command (5AH), 125
mode sense command (1AH), 21
mode sense device capabilities page (1FH), 27
mode sense element address assignment
page (1DH), 23
mode sense transport element parameter
page (1EH), 25
move history log data format, 63
move medium command (A5H), 64
move success log table format, 53
N
No Operation 08H, 11
O
ODC error codes, 15
odometer log data format, 58
offset values, 9
Ordered Queue Tag, 13
P
position to element command (2BH), 38
pre-fetch (34H), 94
prevent/allow medium removal command
(1EH), 79, 37
Q
Queue Full 28H, 15

Queue Tag Messages (20H, 21H, 22H), 12

R
read (group 0) command (08H), 21
read (group 1) command (28H), 82
read (group 5) command (A8H), 128
read buffer command (3CH), 102, 43
read capacity command (25H), 80
read defect data (group 1) command (37H), 96
read defect data (group 5) command (B7H),
142

read element status command (B8H), 68

read long command (3EH), 104
read long command (DEH), 145
read-write error recover page 01H, 57
read-write error recovery page 01H, 34
reassign blocks command (07H), 19
receive diagnostic results command (1CH),
74, 33

recovery log data format, 55

RelAdr, 7
release command (17H), 53, 20
request sense, 5
sense data for error recovery, 8
sense key values, 3
request sense command (03H), 10, 8
request sense data, 4
request sense error codes, 3
reselection phase, 3
Reservation Conflict 18H, 15
reserve command (16H), 52, 18
Reset Condition, 16
restore pointers, 10
restore pointers 03H, 9
retry log data format, 61
rezero unit command (01H), 9
rezero unit ready command (01H), 7
rotate mailslot command (0CH), 13
run-time log data format, 59
S
save data pointer 02H, 9
save data pointers, 10
SCSI bus phases
arbitration phase, 3
command phase, 4
data phase, 4
information transfer phase, 3
message in phase, 4
message out phase, 4
message phase, 4

Index
reselection phase, 3
selection phase, 3
SCSI command overview, 2
seek (group 0) command (0BH), 25
seek (group 1) command (2BH), 87
selection phase, 3
send diagnostic command (1DH), 76, 35
sense code values, 5
sequence tests, 44
Simple Queue Tag, 12
start/stop unit command (1BH), 73
Status Phase, 14
synchronize cache (35H), 95
synchronous negotiation, 7
T
target device, 2
target SCSI commands, 18
target-supported messages, 5
Target-Supported Status Codes, 14
test unit ready (00H), 8
test unit ready command (00H), 6
transfer period values, 8
typographical conventions, iii
U
Unit Attention Condition, 17
V
vendor unique format page 20H, 42, 66
vendor unique page 21H, 46, 70
verify (group 1) command (2FH), 92
verify (group 5) command (AFH), 140
W
write (group 0) command (0AH), 23
write (group 1) command (2AH), 84
write (group 5) command (AAH), 131
write and verify (group 1) command (2EH),
90

write and verify (group 5) command (AEH),

137

write buffer command (3BH), 99, 39

write long command (3FH), 106
write long command (DFH), 147

Index

Copyright 2001
Hewlett-Packard Company
Printed in U.S.A.
Edition 12/2001
www.hp.com/go/support
Printed on recycled paper